Loading...
HomeMy Public PortalAbout06-0446 CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION_1OF2.pdfInspection Report City of Tybe• island 403 Butler Avenue P.O. Box 2749 Tybee Isidnd, GA 31328 111hone: (912) 7e.6-4573 extension 114 Vim. (912) 786-195-39 r �-n Mn <11 r SL- LC Gen. Conta.rir j o, c at i o I 1 "j 1� �4 Date Re-k-gtested Date Needed Subcontractor . ............. LI Date. of lw�pection T p r e- ass b-I - 0 A-S o to o14 Niv 0 Li � o'4 Inspection Report City Ot Tybee Island 403 Butler Averme P.i--#. Box 2749 Tybee ISIdnd, GA 31328 Phone- (912) 186-45/3 extension 114 Fax- (912) 786•95399 Permit No 06-c)44{o Owner',sNam- 4 (,. � Gen. Contractor Date Rego-tested - Date Needed Rubcontractor contact wimber Location 14 -,7 r)3te f Incnertion 36 Time C.; 4.,) InqmP.rtifir Type. of If Lid %�y 0 §A 274�.., I I C7 4. A o o s a oh, 4 s CFZ ICI -2 ke i . 4-- r —i. , f! - '. � - 4. . . I � , i ;�j , I In - i, I IT-pp I ri.s. f- r 41 Inspection Report City of Tybee Island 403 Butler Avenue P.O. Box 2749 -Tybee Wand, GA 313 28 Phone, (912) 186-4513 extension 114 Fax: (91.7) 786-9539 Perry! it N! -,_ Ownerlii. Name r ontr,,+vt-iDr (---o rttac t N if ni 1-w. e riate of J rurmec No 11 Type of Inspectim-w pp_v Flato Date N eeded bcontractor e, IV -1 ime Inspector z CITY OF TYBEE ISLAND REINSPECTION FEE DATE ISSUED: 11 -07 -06 PERMIT #: 060446 WORK DESCRIPTION: SPRINKLER WORK LOCATION: 18 SILVER AVE 1 -12 OWNER NAME CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION LLC ADDRESS 2625 -F PINEMEADOW CT CITY, ST, ZIP DULUTH GA 30096 CONTRACTOR NAME CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION LLC ADDRESS 2625 -F PINEMEADOW CT CITY STATE ZIP DULUTH GA 30096 FLOOD ZONE BUILDING VALUATION SQUARE FOOTAGE OCCUPANCY TYPE P TOTAL FEE'S CHARGED $ 84.25 i^ PROPERTY IDENTIFICATION # c PROJECT VALUATION $22,500.00 REINSPECTION FEE HYDROSTATIC TOTAL BALANCE DUE: $ 30.00 It is understood that if this permit is granted the builder will at all times comply with the zoning, subdivision, flood control, building, fire, soil and sedimentation, wetlands, marshlands protection and shore protection ordinances and codes whether local, state or federal, including all environmental laws and regulations when applicable, subsequent owners should be informed that any alterations to the property must be approved by the issuance of another building permit. Permit holder agrees to hold the City of Tybee Island harmless on any construction covered by this permit. This permit must be posted in a conspicuous location in the front of building and protected from the weather. If this permit is not posted work will be stopped. The building contractor will replace curb paving and gutter broken during construction. This permit will be voided unless work has begun within six months of the date of issuance. Signature of Building Inspector or Authorized Agent: hi ors (O 0 3) a (� 1p -' /`T 7 � P. O. Box 2749 - 403 Butler Avenue, Tybee Island, Georgia 31328 ` // (912) 786 -4573 - FAX (912) 786-5737 www.cityoftybee.org Y' ,•: fit G_'� ,�` r.:1. 4, aYf. i iiii 3 Report City of Tybee Island 40-14 Butler Avenue P.O. Sox 2749 Tybee Istand, GA 31328 Phone- (911 ) 18b -4573 extension 114 Fax (912) 786- -9539 Owner's Name note Renffevted - Date Needed Gen. Contractor 1�?G�e ,? [ o,-, s � Subcontractor C- It �,f Al -/ / 1 ,e c _- Contact Number Location - - -__ -- Date of Inspection %l1?/OF' Time Inspector Z- Type of Inspeartian _ - -IL .trl2c, -�r-,- rIc _ C ,,Vim 0 < Insperction Report City of Tybee Island 403 Butler Avenue P.U. Box 2749 Tybee Island, GA 31328 Phone: (912) 786 -4573 extension 114 Fax: (912) 786 -9539 Permit No. � _ _ [date Requested _ � V r 1.3 - O Owner's Name Gate Needed Gen. Contractor SubcontractorPig ' `' r f e- Contact Number `� _ 4 L Location v� A ✓t? . i/ 2 IvAlle C Date of Inspection _ Time Inspector Type of Inspection r �;� k L � DATE ISSUED: 08 -17 -2006 WORK DESCRIPTION: WORK LOCATION: OWNER NAME ADDRESS CITY, ST, ZIP CONTRACTOR NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP FLOOD ZONE BUILDING VALUATION SQUARE FOOTAGE OCCUPANCY TYPE TOTAL FEE'S CHARGED PROPERTY IDENTIFICATION # PROJECT VALUATION CITY OF TYBEE ISLAND BUILDING PERMIT SPRINKLER 18 SILVER AVE 1 -12 CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION INC 2625 -F PINEMEADOW CT DULUTH GA 30096 CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION INC 2625 -F PINEMEADOW CT DULUTH GA 30096 P $ 54.25 $22,500.00 PERMIT #: 060446 TOTAL BALANCE DUE: $ 54.25 It is understood that if this permit is granted the builder will at all times comply with the zoning, subdivision, flood control, building, fire, soil and sedimentation, wetlands, marshlands protection and shore protection ordinances and codes whether local, state or federal, including all environmental laws and regulations when applicable, subsequent owners should be informed that any alterations to the property must be approved by the issuance of another building permit. Permit holder agrees to hold the City of Tybee Island harmless on any construction covered by this permit. This permit must be posted in a conspicuous location in the front of building and protected from the weather. if this permit is not posted work will be stopped. The building contractor will replace curb paving and gutter broken during construction. This permit will be voided unless work has begun within six months of the date of issuance. Signature of Building Inspector or Authorized Agent: P. O. Box 2749 - 403 Butler Avenue, Tybee Island, Georgia 31328 (912) 7864573 - FAX (912) 786 -5737 www.cityoftybee.org MY OF TYBEE ISLAND BUILDING & ZONING DEPARTMNST P.O. Box 2749 Tybee Island, GA 31328 Phone (912) 786 -4573 • Fax (912) 786 -9539 PLUMBING PERMIT APPLICATION Date 7 94r-Qse- Location of work (sheet address) /8 .5; 1 ye- r & G T 6 LsL•a wr L =1� Contractor, +u►v Address of Contactu 2 Cn Z S I' I N ,121 Telephone murber of COntr'actor 77a - 9y s z 3 Z D Name of Property Owner �, u skorC5 L L C Mailing address of Property Owner %21 C lt?m sa .o of Pro Owner L�ti�� crse V S. C . Telephone pier Property Date work will be ready for inspection, if known pe rrdtNambm- � pl�o299 Estimated cost of construction /D, 2' (r` r r L. Pro �cC ( ----j / New Work _Replacement _ Oil _ Gas — Electric pG-044�0 h o Qdd'.�r, o nai 4 TOTAL P.02 Back low Preventor DisposalUnit Domestic water Connection to Main Drain Roof or Ana Drainage or Vent Piping ✓ Fire Pcotecdon S ' er ; Number ofHeads/Noales Grease / OR Trap Hose Bib Hot Water Heater Icemakex Lawn Sprinkler System Plumbing Fbn= Residential House Sewer Connection to Main Sewer Cleanout Sewer Stab Vacuum Breaker Water Meter Water Service Line —New Residence Water Service Line —Replacement Water softener Other. pG-044�0 h o Qdd'.�r, o nai 4 TOTAL P.02 CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 2625 PINEMEADOW COURT DULUTH,GA 30096 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR SILVER AVE. CONDOMINIUMS 18 SILVER AVE. TYBEE ISLAND, GA 31328 DRY SYSTEM PARKING DATE: FEB 13, 2007 - DESIGN DATA - OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: ORDINARY GROUP 1 DENSITY: .15 gpm /sq. ft. AREA OF APPLICATION: 1959 sq. ft. COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER: 120 sq. ft. NUMBER OF SPRINKLERS CALCULATED: 20 sprinklers TOTAL SPRINKLER WATER FLOW REQUIRED: 432.5 gpm TOTAL WATER REQUIRED (including hose): 582.5 gpm FLOW AND PRESSURE (@ BOR): 432.5 gpm @ 34.5 psi SPRINKLER ORIFICE SIZE: 1/2 inch NAME OF CONTRACTOR: CENTURY FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN /LAYOUT BY: DONNIE MOORE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION: TYBEE ISLAND GA. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION NUMBER: 181 CALCULATIONS BY HASS COMPUTER PROGRAM (LICENSE # 27021222 ) HRS SYSTEMS, INC. TUCKER, GA 30084 SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 2 DATE: 2/13/2007153 S TER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC ORIGINALS \PARKING.SDF JOB TITLE: WATER SUPPLY DATA SOURCE STATIC RESID. FLOW AVAIL. TOTAL REQ'D NODE PRESS. PRESS. @ PRESS. @ DEMAND PRESS. TAG (PSI) (PSI) (GPM) (PSI) (GPM) (PSI) UG1 60.0 55.0 940.0 57.9 582.5 45.8 AGGREGATE FLOW ANALYSIS: TOTAL FLOW AT SOURCE 582.5 GPM TOTAL HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCE AT SOURCE 150.0 GPM OTHER HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCES 0.0 GPM TOTAL DISCHARGE FROM ACTIVE SPRINKLERS 432.5 GPM NODE ANALYSIS DATA NODE TAG ELEVATION NODE TYPE PRESSURE DISCHARGE (FT) (PSI) (GPM) UG2 -4.0 - - - - 44.6 - - - UG3 -4.0 - - - - 40.6 - - - UG4 -4.0 - - - - 37.4 - - - BOR 1.0 - - - - 34.5 - - - 20 6.8 - - - - 29.3 - - - 21 6.8 - - - - 23.2 - - - 22 6.8 - - - - 22.9 - - - 23 6.8 - - - - 22.7 - - - 24 6.8 - - - - 22.4 - - - 25 6.8 - - - - 22.4 - - - 26 6.8 - - - - 22.4 - - - 27 6.8 K= 5.60 19.9 25.0 28 6.8 K= 5.60 16.8 22.9 29 6.8 K= 5.60 11.8 19.3 30 6.8 K= 5.60 10.5 18.2 31 6.8 K= 5.60 19.7 24.8 32 6.8 K= 5.60 16.6 22.8 33 6.8 K= 5.60 11.7 19.1 34 6.8 K= 5.60 10.4 18.1 35 6.8 K= 5.60 19.5 24.8 36 6.8 K= 5.60 16.5 22.7 37 6.8 K= 5.60 11.6 19.1 38 6.8 K= 5.60 10.3 18.0 39 6.8 K= 5.60 18.4 24.0 40 6.8 K= 5.60 13.0 20.2 41 6.8 K= 5.60 11.6 19.0 42 6.8 K= 5.60 21.3 25.9 43 6.8 K= 5.60 18.3 24.0 44 6.8 K= 5.60 13.0 20.2 45 6.8 K= 5.60 11.5 19.0 46 6.8 K= 5.60 20.7 25.5 UG1 -4.0 SOURCE 45.8 432.5 SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANATYSIS Page 3 DATE: 2/13/2007153 S JER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC DRIGINALS \PARKING.SDF JOB TITLE: PIPE DATA PIPE TAG Q(GPM) DIA(IN) LENGTH PRESS. END ELEV. NOZ. PT DISC. VEL(FPS) HW(C) (FT) SUM. NODES (FT) (K) (PSI) (GPM) FL /FT (PSI) Pipe: 1 432.5 4.300 PL 3.08 PF 1.2 UG1 -4.0 SRCE 45.8 (N /A) 9.6 140 FTG T PE 0.0 UG2 -4.0 0.0 44.6 0.0 0.030 TL 39.74 PV Pipe: 2 FIXED PRESSURE LOSS DEVICE UG2 -4.0 0.0 44.6 0.0 4.0 psi, 432.5 gpm UG3 -4.0 0.0 40.6 0.0 Pipe: 3 432.5 4.300 PL 87.12 PF 3.3 UG3 -4.0 0.0 40.6 0.0 9.6 140 FTG 2L PE 0.0 UG4 -4.0 0.0 37.4 0.0 0.030 TL 109.11 PV Pipe: 4 432.5 4.300 PL 5.00 PF 0.7 UG4 -4.0 0.0 37.4 0.0 9.6 140 FTG E PE -2.2 BOR 1.0 0.0 34.5 0.0 0.030 TL 23.33 PV Pipe: 5 432.5 4.260 PL 6.08 PF 2.7 BOR 1.0 0.0 34.5 0.0 9.7 120 FTG CGD PE -2.5 20 6.8 0.0 29.3 0.0 0.042 TL 64.02 PV Pipe: 6 432.5 4.260 PL 81.75 PF 6.2 20 6.8 0.0 29.3 0.0 9.7 120 FTG 5E PE 0.0 21 6.8 0.0 23.2 0.0 0.042 TL 147.59 PV Pipe: 7 347.1 4.260 PL 10.00 PF 0.3 21 6.8 0.0 23.2 0.0 7.8 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 22 6.8 0.0 22.9 0.0 0.028 TL 10.00 PV Pipe: 8 262.2 4.260 PL 10.00 PF 0.2 22 6.8 0.0 22.9 0.0 5.9 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 23 6.8 0.0 22.7 0.0 0.017 TL 10.00 PV Pipe: 9 177.7 4.260 PL 13.66 PF 0.3 23 6.8 0.0 22.7 0.0 4.0 120 FTG 2E PE 0.0 24 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 0.008 TL 39.99 PV Pipe: 10 88.6 4.260 PL 10.00 PF 0.0 24 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 2.0 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 25 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 0.002 TL 10.00 PV Pipe: 11 25.5 4.260 PL 1.00 PF 0.0 25 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 0.6 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 26 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 0.000 TL 1.00 PV Pipe: 12 85.4 1.380 PL 0.45 PF 3.2 21 6.8 0.0 23.2 0.0 18.3 120 FTG T PE 0.0 27 6.8 5.6 19.9 25.0 0.502 TL 6.45 PV ST DATE: 2/13/2007153 S. JOB TITLE: PIPE TAG END ELEV. NOZ. NODES (FT) (K) Pipe: 13 27 6.8 5.6 28 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 14 28 6.8 5.6 29 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 15 29 6.8 5.6 30 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 16 22 6.8 0.0 31 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 17 31 6.8 5.6 32 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 18 32 6.8 5.6 33 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 19 33 6.8 5.6 34 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 20 23 6.8 0.0 35 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 21 35 6.8 5.6 36 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 22 36 6.8 5.6 37 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 23 37 6.8 5.6 38 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 24 24 6.8 0.0 39 6.8 5.6 Pipe: 25 39 6.8 5.6 40 6.8 5.6 'RINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 4 'ER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC ORIGINALS \PARKING.SDF Q(GPM) DIA(IN) LENGTH PRESS. PT DISC. VEL(FPS) HW(C) (FT) SUM. (PSI) (GPM) FL /FT (PSI) 60.4 1.380 PL 11.87 PF 3.1 19.9 25.0 13.0 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 16.8 22.9 0.264 TL 11.87 PV 37.5 1.049 PL 11.91 PF 4.9 16.8 22.9 13.9 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 11.8 19.3 0.415 TL 11.91 PV 18.2 1.049 PL 11.87 PF 1.3 11.8 19.3 6.8 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 10.5 18.2 0.109 TL 11.87 PV 84.9 1.380 PL 0.45 PF 3.2 22.9 0.0 18.2 120 FTG T PE 0.0 19.7 24.8 0.496 TL 6.45 PV 60.0 1.380 PL 11.87 PF 3.1 19.7 24.8 12.9 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 16.6 22.8 0.261 TL 11.87 PV 37.2 1.049 PL 11.91 PF 4.9 16.6 22.8 13.8 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 11.7 19.1 0.410 TL 11.91 PV 18.1 1.049 PL 11.87 PF 1.3 11.7 19.1 6.7 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 10.4 18.1 0.108 TL 11.87 PV 84.5 1.380 PL 0.45 PF 3.2 22.7 0.0 18.1 120 FTG T PE 0.0 19.5 24.8 0.493 TL 6.45 PV 59.8 1.380 PL 11.87 PF 3.1 19.5 24.8 12.8 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 16.5 22.7 0.260 TL 11.87 PV 37.1 1.049 PL 11.91 PF 4.9 16.5 22.7 13.8 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 11.6 19.1 0.408 TL 11.91 PV 18.0 1.049 PL 11.87 PF 1.3 11.6 19.1 6.7 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 10.3 18.0 0.107 TL 11.87 PV 63.2 1.380 PL 8.04 PF 4.0 22.4 0.0 13.6 120 FTG T PE 0.0 18.4 24.0 0.288 TL 14.04 PV 39.2 1.049 PL 11.91 PF 5.4 18.4 24.0 14.6 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 13.0 20.2 0.452 TL 11.91 PV SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 5 DATE: 2/13/2007153 S TER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC DRIGINALS \PARKING.SDF JOB TITLE: PIPE TAG Q(GPM) DIA(IN) LENGTH PRESS. END ELEV. NOZ. PT DISC. VEL(FPS) HW(C) (FT) SUM. NODES (FT) (K) (PSI) (GPM) FL /FT (PSI) Pipe: 26 19.0 1.049 PL 11.87 PF 1.4 40 6.8 5.6 13.0 20.2 7.1 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 41 6.8 5.6 11.6 19.0 0.119 TL 11.87 PV Pipe: 27 25.9 1.049 PL 0.16 PF 1.1 24 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 9.6 120 FTG T PE 0.0 42 6.8 5.6 21.3 25.9 0.209 TL 5.16 PV Pipe: 28 63.2 1.380 PL 8.04 PF 4.0 25 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 13.6 120 FTG T PE 0.0 43 6.8 5.6 18.3 24.0 0.287 TL 14.04 PV Pipe: 29 39.2 1.049 PL 11.91 PF 5.4 43 6.8 5.6 18.3 24.0 14.5 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 44 6.8 5.6 13.0 20.2 0.452 TL 11.91 PV Pipe: 30 19.0 1.049 PL 11.87 PF 1.4 44 6.8 5.6 13.0 20.2 7.1 120 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 45 6.8 5.6 11.5 19.0 0.119 TL 11.87 PV Pipe: 31 25.5 1.049 PL 3.25 PF 1.7 26 6.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 9.5 120 FTG T PE 0.0 46 6.8 5.6 20.7 25.5 0.204 TL 8.25 PV NOTES: (1) Calculations were performed by the HASS 7.8 computer program under license no. 27021222 granted by HRS Systems, Inc. 4792 LaVista Road Tucker, GA 30084 (2) The system has been calculated to provide an average imbalance at each node of 0.006 gpm and a maximum imbalance at any node of 0.199 gpm. (3) Total pressure at each node is used in balancing the system. Maximum water velocity is 18.3 ft /sec at pipe 12. (4) PIPE FITTINGS TABLE Pipe Table Name: STANDARD.PIP SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 6 DATE: 2/13/2007153 S TER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC JRIGINALS \PARKING.SDF JOB TITLE: PAGE: * MATERIAL: S40 HWC: 120 Diameter Equivalent Fitting Lengths in Feet (in) E T L C B G A D N Ell Tee LngEll ChkVly BfyVly GatVly AlmChk DPVly NPTee 4.260 13.17 26.33 7.90 28.97 15.80 2.63 26.33 26.33 26.33 4.300 13.78 27.56 8.27 30.32 16.54 2.76 27.56 27.56 27.56 PAGE: A MATERIAL: S40 HWC: 120 Diameter Equivalent Fitting Lengths in Feet (in) E T L C B G A D N Ell Tee LngEll ChkVly BfyVly GatVly AlmChk DPVly NPTee 1.049 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 6.00 1.00 10.00 10.00 5.00 1.380 3.00 6.00 2.00 7.00 6.00 1.00 10.00 10.00 6.00 SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 7 DATE: 2/13/2007153 S 'ER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC ORIGINALS \PARKING.SDF JOB TITLE: H U) a z a QJ D4 U) rz w H 3 O O O O O O O O O H O O O O O O O O O co [— 110 Ln T M � � �D 0 w 04 Q wW M M D C4 W - s� m •� � H i :I O �+ o a, O a w I 0 0 0 0 y 0 O N SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 8 DATE: 2/13/2007153 S IER AVE CONDOS DRY \HYDRAULIC DRIGINALS \PARKING.SDF JOB TITLE: WATER SUPPLY CURVE I o \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ 55+ 55.0 psi @ 940 gpm -> Flow Test Point I I 50+ I I I X 45+ I I I P 40+ R E S S 35+ U R E 30+ ( I P S I 25+ I I I 20+ I I I 15+ I I 10+ LEGEND " I" X = Required Water Supply " 45.82 psi @ 582.5 gpm IT 5+ IT I 0 = Available Water Supply if 57.94 psi @ 582.5 gpm " I" o++-+---+----+-----+------+--------+-------- +--------- +------ - - - - -+ 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 FLOW (GPM) 0 _ l", entupy Flre Protection, Inc. Submittal Data SILVER AVE. CONDOINIUMS Georgia 2625 -F Pinemeadow Court Duluth, 6A 30096 Phone: 770 -945 -2330 Fax 770- 945 -2651 WB 1153 Florida 3018 Highway 71 North Marianna, FL 32446 Phone: 850 -482 -7366 Fax: 850-482 -7660 0 Tennessee 4295 Cromwell Rood, Ste. 521 Chattanooga, TN 37421 Phone: 423 - 899 -7434 Fax: 423 -899 -1204 Models Available UL /FM Models SSM24-6 SSM 24 -8 SSM24 -10 SSV3206 SSV120-8 SSV120 -10 ULC /Canadian Models SSM24 -GA SSM24 -8A SSM24 -IOA SSV120 -6A SSV120 -8A SSV120 -10A Weatherproof Back Box WBB Product Overview Approved for indoor and outdoor use Low current draw High d8 output Three sizes available 6 -, 8'. 10 AC and DC models DC models are polarized for use with supervision circuitry Mount directly to standard 4 square electrical box Engineering Specifications d System Sensor's SSM and SSV series bells are low current, high decibel notifi- cation appliances for use in fire and burglary systems or other signaling appli- cations. Reliable Performance. The SSM and SSV series provide loud resonant tones. The SSM series operate on 24VDC and are motor driven, while the SSV series operate on 120VAC utilizing a vibrating mechanism. Simplified Installation. For indoor use, the SSM and SSV series mount to a standard 4 inch square electrical box. For outdoor applications, weather- proof back box, model number WBB, is used. The SSM and SSV series come pre - wired, to reduce installation time. The SSI\4 series incorporate a polarized electrical design for use with supervision circuits. �( N4odel shall be a SSM or SSV Series alarm bell. Bells shall have underdone strikers and operating mechanisms. Gongs on said bells shall be no smaller than nominal 6 "/8 "/10" (specify size) with an operating voltage of 24VDC or 54011 CS549 3005255 120VAC (specify by part number). Bells shall be suitable for surface or semi - flush mounting. Outdoor surface mounted installations shall he weatherproof ® (using optional WBB weatherproof electrical box). Otherwise bells shall mount to a standard 4" square electrical box having a maximum projection ' ° 71351653:125 331 -01 -E 7135 - 1653:100 of 2�4". Bells shall he located as shown on the drawings or as determined bN the Authorit% Having Jurisdiction. Bells shall be listed for indoor /outdoor use by Underwriters Laboratories and the California State Fire Marshal, and approved b% Factory 1\4utual and \MEA .q Standard .Specifications Operating Temperature Range -31'F to 140'F Operating Voltage SSM series 24VDC SSV series 120VAC Tern u•,atron Service Use Provided with 2 sets of leads for Fire Alarm - in /out wiring. General Signaling Burglar Alarm Ger,g Dlar fete• Oaerau-ig Model PCnes Nortra' Voltage Voltage _rut SSM24 -6 _ 6 _ -- - - Regulated SSM24-8 8 24VDC 16 to 33VDC SSM 24 10 10 --- - - - - -- -------------- - - - - -- -- SSV120 -6 6 Regulated Y SSV120 -8 8 120VAC 96 to 132VAC SSV12410 10 Sound output measured AK Underwriter Laborat Woes. as Specified in UL464 Warranty 3 years Maumum Cj,ren: Sc•.md 0�tw -d54 82 DC- 31.1mA/ 80 FWR- 53.5mA 81 85 53MA 82 82 Ordering Information UL /FM Model Numbers ULC /Canadian Models Description -------- - - - -- -- - - - -- - -- - - - - -- -- SSM24 -6 SSM24 -6A ! Bell, 6', 24VDC, Polarized, 82dBA SSM24-8 - - - - -- - - - - - -- ' SSM24.8A Bell, 8', 24VDC, Polarized, 8OdBA SSM24 -10 SSM24 -10A ! Bell, 10% 24VDC, Polarized, 81dBA SSV120-6 (SSV120 -6A Bell 6', 120VAC, 85dBA SSV120 -8 I SSV120 -8A Bell, 8 ', 120VAC, 82dBA SSV12010 SSV120 -10A Bell 10 ', 120VAC, 82dBA WBB i Woof Back Box for SSM and SSV series, when installed outdoors System Sensor Sales and Service System Sensor Headquarters System Sensor Canada System Sensor M China System Sensor - Far East System Sensor - India 3825 Ohio Avenue Ph: 905.812.0767 Ph: 86.29.8832.0119 Ph: 85.22.191.9003 Ph: 91.124.637.1770 x 2700 St. Charles. IL 60174 Fx: 905.812.0771 Fx: 86.29.8832.5110 Fx: 85.22.736.6580 F:: 91.124.637.3118 Ph: 800 /SENSOR2 System Sensor Eut Fx: 630/377b495 °� e System Sens h Singapore System Sensor - Australia System Sensor - Russia Ph 44.1403.276500 Ph: 65.6273.2230 Ph: 613.54.281.142 Ph: 7015.937.7982 www.systemsensor.corn Fx: 44.1403.276501 Fx 65.6273.2610 Fx: 613.54 - 281 172 Fx- 70,95,937 79838 0 2005 ST st rnI Srnsor Tne c.xnparry reser.es Inc f.gnt to cn.vogc v(odvct sptfic at wec.rtno.n nxcr {tli 0?f(1(U�•9- o-.•+IS ?i Models Available EPS10 -1 One SPDT Switch EPS10 -2 Two SPDT Switches EPSA10-1 ULC /Canadian Version EPSA10 -2 ULC /Canadian Version Replacement Parts S07 -6602 Replacement Cover Screws WFDW Replacement Cover Wrench 546-8000 Cover Tamper Switch Product Overview Sensitivity adjustment wheel, no tools required Reinforced diaphragm resists Pressure Adjustment Wheel System Sensor EPS10 Series switches are designed for use in wet, dry, deluge, and pre - action automatic sprinkler systems to indicate a discharge from a sprinkler. The EPS104 has a single SPDT switch while the EPSM2 model contains two SPDT switches. pressure spikes The EPS10 Series features field adjustable pressure sensitivity to provide an Two conduit entrances provided alarm response between 4 and 20 psi. It is factory set to respond at 4 — 8 psi on rising or falling pressure. The pressure adjustment wheel requires no special NEMA 4 rated tools and does not affect switch synchronization on the EPS10 -2. Engineering Specifications EPS10- 1(SPDT), EPS10 -2 (2 /SPDT) Model shall be an EPS10 -1 or EPS10 -2 pressure type waterflow switch as manufactured by System Sensor of St. Charles, IL. They shall be installed on the sprinkler system with connection as shown on the drawings and/or as specified herein. Pressure switches shall be of the bellows- activated type. Switches shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 250 psi and shall be factory adiusted to operate at a pressure of 4 — 8 psi. There shall be one (l ) or two (2) SPDT contacts rated at 10.0 Amp @ 125/250 VAC and 2.5 Amp @ 6/12/24 VDC. The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, pressure switches according to appropriate NFPA standards. Switches shall be provided with a '/2" NPT male pressure connection to be connected to the alarm check valve of a "wet" sprinkler system, into the intermediate chamber of a "dry" & ULC FM system, or to a pre - action or deluge valve. They shall be activated by any flow of water equal to or in excess of the discharge from one sprinkler head. p S _ Switches shall provide 1 knockout type and 1 open hole for I/2" conduit fitting S_39 attachment and a ground screw provision for electrical grounding. The switch enclosure shall be weatherproof and carry a UL 4x/NEMA 4 rating MEA ��S when used with proper electrical fittings and conduit. The cover shall incorpo- approved rate tamper - resistant screws. v ,e, .3- GS02002327 The unit shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and approved by 701X9`- Factor• Mutual. Specifications Maximum Operating Pressure 250 psi Differential Approximately 3 psi throughout range Maximum Adjustment Pressure Range 4 to 20 psi Factory Setting Operates at rising pressure 4 to 8 psi Pressure Connection 172" NPT male glass reinforced nylon Pressure Switch Basic Dimensions 5-'/R- Switch Contact Ratings EPS10 -1: One set SPOT (Form C) EPS10.2: Two sets SPOT (Form C) 10.0 A. '/2 HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @ 6/12/24 VDC Dimensions 5.12' H x 3-325'W x 4.250' L (13.0 cm x 8 -4 cm x 10.8 cm) Operating Temperature Range: Indoor or outdoor use -40'F to 160 °F ( -40 °C to 71 °C) Cover Tamper Switch UL Models: Optional P/N 546 -8000 ULC Models: Factory installed SCREW - --,,/- (GREEN . SWITCH 1t HEX ( ADJUSTMENT \ SCREW MAIN ADJUSTMENT WHEEL LOCKING SCREW lie" NPT Typical Sprinkler Applications WIRE TO ALARM EPS10 INDICATING CIRCUIT OF FIRE ALARM A r CONTROL PANEL TO ALARM SPRINKLER CHECK SYSTEM WATER VALVE, ,\ �— - GONG RETARD WATER LOCAL ALARM OS & Y BY -PASS SHUT OFF VALVE VALVE VALVE WET SYSTEM Ordering Information Enclosure Rated UL 4x. NEMA 4 for indoor or outdoor use Shipping Weight 1.2 lbs. ( -54 Kgl Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA 72 Warranty 3 years Electrical Connections for EPS10.1 and EPSiQ2 MODEL EPS10 -1 SWITCH AT 0 PSI COM A ^ SWITCH AT 4-8 PSI (HIGH TRIP PT -) COM A SWITCH 1 TO WIRE TO SPRINKLER EPS1O ALARM SYSTEM , INDICATING 1 CIRCUIT ALARM WATER � r OF FIRE K CHEC MOTOR Replacement Tamper Proof Wrench for Cover of EPS ALARM VALVE GONG - 5468000 CONTROL EPSASO2 ULC /Canadian Version PANEL I -1i� RETARD WATER LOCAL ALARM Ph: 65.6273.2230 OS & Y 7F+ BY -PASS SHUT OFF Ph: 70.95.937.7982 VALVE VALVE VALVE Fx: 44.1403.891921 WET SYSTEM Replacement Parts MODEL EPS10.2 SWITCHES AT 0 PSI COM COM A SWl A SW2 SWITCHES AT 4$ PSI (HIGH TRIP PT.) B -o B o COM COM A SW1 A SW2 BOTH SWITCHES ACTIVATE SIMULTANEOUSLY TO "SPRINKLER SYSTEM CHECK DRY A VALVE PIPE v- VALVE -� WIRE TO ALARM EPS10 INDICATING CIRCUIT -_- OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL WATER _ MOTOR GONG WATER LOCAL ALARM OS & Y BY SHUT OFF VALVE VALVE VALVE DRY SYSTEM Model Description Model Description EPS10 -1 Alarm Waterflow Pressure Switch. One SPOT. 4 -20 PSI S078602 Replacement Tamper Screws for Cover of EPS EPS10 -2 Alarm Waterflow Pressure Switch. Two SPOT. 4 -20 PSI WFDW Replacement Tamper Proof Wrench for Cover of EPS EPSA10-1 ULC /Canadian Version 5468000 Cover Tamper Switch for EPS Series EPSASO2 ULC /Canadian Version System Sensor - Australia System Sensor - Russia System Sensor Sales and Service System Sensor Headquarters System Sensor Canada System Sensor in China System Sensor - Far East System Sensor - India 3825 Ohio Avenue Ph: 905.812 -0767 Ph: 86.29.8832 -0119 Ph: 85- 22.191.9003 Ph: 91.124.237 -1770 x.2700 St. Charles, IL 60174 Fx: 905.812.0771 Fx: 86.29.8832.5110 Fx: 85.22.736 -6580 Fx: 91.124.237.3118 Ph: 800 /SENSOR2 System Sensor Europe � System Sensor in Singapore Y 8 Pore System Sensor - Australia System Sensor - Russia Fx: 630/377 -6495 Ph: 44.1403.891920 Ph: 65.6273.2230 Ph: 61154.281 -142 Ph: 70.95.937.7982 www- systemsensor.co`n Fx: 44.1403.891921 Fx: 65-6273.2610 Fx: 613.54.281-172 Fx: 70.95.937.7983 02003 System Sensor. The company reserves the right to change product specifications without notice 4030 1 76 008. 10104•x1360 POTTER ROEMER MEMBER Cis'( Potter - Roomer for current listings and approvals. Unit. California sC sions are subject to manufacturws tolerance Unit. yew Jersey Atlanta, Georgia _ - w.,, c � use of xA superseded or void data. respon- � tlYood Oalo,llGnois » _, LFIRE PROTECTION EGUfPAAElYTj Ffr� t�rnlwrMM 91—h- M ROOF FIRE DEPT. OUTLET CONNECTIONS REGULARLY FURNISHED: Cast brass body with female N.P.T. inlet and male N.P.T. outlets. Type and size of inlet and number of outlets as selected by Figure Number. VARIATION: - —M with male hose thread, specify thread TWO — WAY —MALE OUTLETS i S E 0 C -+i ice- F --i, ❑ Fig. 5870 Series ...... Back Wet Fig 5875 Series ............ Angle Inlet I" Ueasoe Inlet OvW sack Altgle Fig. No. Fig. No. Size Size A s C 0 E F G 5871 51171 4 2112 7 5 5 7 6 5 5 5872 51177 6 21h 9 7 Ph 10 8 Th 5 51173 511711 4 3 81h 7 534 9 6112 414 5V4 5874 5 1179 6 3 91h 8112 Th 1OV4 81/2 ph 5% ALL DIMENSIONS N1 INCHES THREE — WAY —MALE OUTLETS A D ► I O + d e E Fes- C �I I� F -►1 El Fig. 5880 Series ...... Back Inlet El Fig 5885 Series ............ Angle Inlet hdet Lecadon kdet ofm sack ✓ Mgfe Fig. No. Fig. No. Size Size A s C D E F G 51181 5886 4 2112 11 9 5V4 81/4 Th 51/4 5 51182 5887 6 2V2 113/4 9112 Th 113/4 91/2 Th 5 5883 5888 4 3 1234 834 5% 121/41 944 Th 5 51184 5889 6 3 1434 93/4 Ph 1134 93A Th 5 ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES THREE — WAY — FEMALE OUTLETS 4' sego 4" Female ( N.P.T. Both Ends 8 1911' � 614' ❑ 6- F. Female 6" Ftmak N.P.T. Both Ends 20W With 2Vz" N.P.T. ! 614' Outlets 1 I l 6" r With 21/2' N.P.T. Outlets DATE 5Ya" 7 -19 -95 .I1._ FIGURE NUMBER Models Available EPS40 -1 Low Pressure Supervisory Switch EPS40 -2 High /Low Pressure Supervisory Switches EPSA40 -1 ULC /Canadian Version EPSA40 -2 ULC /Canadian Version Replacement Parts S07 -66-XX Replacement Cover Screws WFDW Replacement Cover Wrench 5468000 Cover Tamper Switch Product Overview Sensitivity adjustment wheel, no special tools required Reinforced diaphragm resists pressure spikes Two conduit entrances provided NEMA 4 rated Pressure Adjustment Wheel System Sensor EPS40 Series switches are designed for use in dry pipe systems or pres- sure tanks and water pressure supplies of automatic water control valves. The EPS40 -1 has a single SPOT switch while the EPS40 -2 model contains two SPOT switches. The EPS40 Series features field adjustable pressure sensitivity to provide an alarm response between 10 and 100 psi. All models are factory set for use in a nominal 40 psi system. The EPS40 -1 is factory set to respond at 30 psi at decreasing pres- sure while the EPS40 -2 is factory set to respond at 50 psi on rising pressure and 30 psi at decreasing pressure. The pressure adjustment wheel requires no special tools and does not affect switch synchronization on the EPS40 -2. Engineering Specifications EPS40 -1 (SPDT), EPS40-2 (2 /SPDT) Model shall be an EPS40 -1 or EPS40 -2 pressure type waterflow switch as manufactured by System Sensor of St. Charles, IL. They shall be installed on the sprinkler system with connection as shown on the drawings and/or as specified herein. Pressure switches shall be of the bellows- activated type. Switches shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 250 psi and shall be adjustable from 10 - 100 psi. There shall be one (1) or two (2) SPDT contacts �L rated at 10.0 Amp @ 125/250 VAC and 2.5 Amp @ 6/12/24 VDC. L�STEU 8789 The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, pressure switches according to appropriate NFPA standards. Switches shall be provided with a' /2" NPT male pressure connection to be connected into the air supply F M line on the system side of any shut -off valve. Switches shall provide 1 knockout type and 1 open hole for '/2" conduit fitting attachment and a ground screw ,,,,,,,,M ULC provision for electrical grounding. 118f/01 ox0A7.AY cs169 The switch enclosure shall be weatherproof and carry a UL 4x/NEMA 4 rating VdSot when used with proper electrical fittings and conduit. The cover shall incorpo- RAC w rate tamper - resistant screws. approved The unit shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., the California State 64020028 7770-1209:147 167 -91E Fire Marshal, MEA, CSFM, LPCB, VdS and approved by Factory Mutual. Specifications Ma,mum ODerwing P-essu'e 250 psi Differentia; Approximately 3 psi @ 10 psi, 6 psi @ 100 psi Maximum Adjustment Pressure Range 10 to 100 psi Switch Contact Rat rgs EPS40 -1: One set SPOT (Form C) EPS40 -2: Two sets SPOT (Form C) 10.0 A. 1/z HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @ 6/12/24 VDC Dimensions 5.12' H x 3.325' W x4.250'L Factory Setting (13.0 cm x 8.4 cm x 10.8 cm) EPS40-1 operates at decreasing pressure at 30 psi Orating Temperature Range: EPS40 -2 operates at increasing pressure at 50 psi Indoor or outdoor use and decreasing pressure at 30 psi -40 °F to 160 °F (-40 °C to 71 °C) Pressure Co^rect,or. NPT male Cover Tar,.per Sv.2C^ UL Models: Optional P/N 546-8000 ULC Models: Factory Installed Pressure Switch Bask Dimensions Typical Sprinkler Applications HEX ADJUSTMENT SCREW ADJUSTMENT -L NPT Enclosure Rated UL 4x. NEMA 4 for indoor or outdoor use Shipping Weight 1.2 lbs. (.54 Kg) Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA 72 %',a -art 3 years WIRE TO SUPERVISORY WIRE TO ALARM CIRCUIT OF FIRE ALARM INDICATING CRCUn EPS40 CONTROL PANEL EPSKI OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SPRINIQER STO YSTEM DRY SYSTEM YODELS EPS40 -1 SWITCH AT 40 P.S.I. (NORMAL) B � coA A SWITCH AT 30 P.S.I. (LOW TRIP PT.) B COA w A SWITCH 1 YODELS EP540 -2 SWITCHES AT 30 P.S.I. (LOW TRIP PT.) COAA COM swill SW2 SWITCHES AT 40 P.S.I. (NORMAL) B� COM COIA A A Sw1 SW2 SWITCHES AT 50 P.S.I. (HIGH TRIP PT.) B —� B� COM --= COM X SWI SW2 Ordering Information INSTALL Model �� Made! Description CHECK BLEEDER DRY VALVE EPS402 High /Low Pressure Supervisory Switch. Two SPOT, 10-100 PSI VALVE VALVE FOR PIPE Low Pressure Supervisory Switch. One SPOT. 10-100 PSI (ULC Model) WATER Cover Tamper Switch for EPS Series EPSA40 -2 TESTING VALVE Ph: 65.6273.2230 MOTOR Ph: 70.95.937.7982 www.systemsensor.com Fx: 44-1403.891921 Fx: 65.6273.2610 -� GON AR LINE —� SHUT -OFF VALVE WATER LOCAL ALARM OS a Y BYPASS SHIT OFF VALVE TEST VALVE VALVE DRY SYSTEM YODELS EPS40 -1 SWITCH AT 40 P.S.I. (NORMAL) B � coA A SWITCH AT 30 P.S.I. (LOW TRIP PT.) B COA w A SWITCH 1 YODELS EP540 -2 SWITCHES AT 30 P.S.I. (LOW TRIP PT.) COAA COM swill SW2 SWITCHES AT 40 P.S.I. (NORMAL) B� COM COIA A A Sw1 SW2 SWITCHES AT 50 P.S.I. (HIGH TRIP PT.) B —� B� COM --= COM X SWI SW2 Ordering Information Replacement Parts Model Description Made! Description EPS40 -1 Low Pressure Supervisory Switch. One SPOT. 10-100 PSI S07 -%XX Replacement Tamper Screws for Cover of EPS EPS402 High /Low Pressure Supervisory Switch. Two SPOT, 10-100 PSI WFDW Replacement Tamper Proof Wrench for Cover of EPS EPSA40 -1 Low Pressure Supervisory Switch. One SPOT. 10-100 PSI (ULC Model) 546-8000 Cover Tamper Switch for EPS Series EPSA40 -2 Haigh /Low Pressure Supervisory Switch. Two SPOT. 10-100 PSI (ULC Model) Ph: 44.1403.891920 System Sensor Sales and Service System Sensor Headquarters System Sensor Canada System Sensor In China System Sensor - Far East System Sensor - India 3825 Ohio Avenue Ph: 905.812.0767 Ph: 86.29.8832.0119 Ph: 85.22.191.9003 Ph: 91.124.237.1770 x.2700 St. Charles. IL 60174 Fx: 905.812.0771 Fx: 86.29.8832.5110 Fx: 85.22.736.6580 Fx: 91.124.237.3118 Ph: 800 /SENSOR2 System Sensor Europe System Sensor in Singapore System Sensor - Australia System Sensor - Russia Fx: 630/377-6495 Ph: 44.1403.891920 Ph: 65.6273.2230 Ph: 613.54.281.142 Ph: 70.95.937.7982 www.systemsensor.com Fx: 44-1403.891921 Fx: 65.6273.2610 Fx: 613.54.281.172 Fx: 70.95-937.7983 0 2005 System Sensor. The company reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. A05- 0177-009.6/05.01481 October 25, 2002 Dry Systems 120 a 1. PRODUCT NAME VIKING MODEL F -1 DRY VALVE 3" (80 mm) Available since 1997 4' (100 mm) Available since 1993 6' (150 mm) Available since 1994 Flange Inlet with Flange Outlet Flange Inlet with Groove Outlet 2. MANUFACTURER THE VIKING CORPORATION 210 N. Industrial Park Road Hastings, Michigan 49058 U.S.A. Telephone: (269) 945 -9501 (877) 384 -5464 Fax: (269) 945 -9599 e -mail: techsvcs @vikingcorp.com 3. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Viking Model F -1 Dry Pipe Valve is a latching differential valve used to sepa- rate the water supply from the dry pipe sprinkler system. The valve combines a positive latching clapper and air plate assembly, with a differential air to water seat design. The latching clapper and air plate assembly provides a positive me- chanical seal for the air pressure in the dry pipe system. The differential design allows an air supply of moderate pres- sure to control a higher water supply pressure. When the air pressure in the dry pipe system is lowered sufficiently to destroy the pressure differential, the valve opens allowing water to enter the dry pipe system. The valve is also designed to operate a water motor alarm and/or an electric pressure alarm switch. The Viking accelerator with external Anti -flood Device can be used to speed the operation of the valve on large ca- pacity systems or where faster action is required. 4. TECHNICAL DATA LISTINGS AND APPROVALS See Approval Chart Rated to 175 PSI (1 207 kPa) Water Working Pressure. Factory tested hydrostatically at 350 PSI (2 413 kPa) with the clapper open. Air pressure to water pressure area dif- ferential: Approximately 6 to 1. Standard Flange Connections ANSI 816.1. Standard Groove Connections. ANSI /AWWA C606 Dry Valve is painted red for identification purposes. MATERIAL STANDARDS Material Specifications: Refer to TABLE 2 MOOEL F -1 DRY VALVE APPROVAL CHART Valve Size UL' ULC FM" NYC' 3' Model F -1 Yes Yes Yes Yes 4" Model F -1 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6" Model F -1 Yes Yes Yes Yes ' LL Listed. Glide BPZV. Cmtrol No. 9%A. 'Consult FM Approval Glide for acceptable applications. 'Accepted by cly of New York Department of Buidigs AREA 89 -92 -F- Vol. 22. CHART 1 V.M N"t 014.1 Frkto" Cv S11rVk9 Q 949kv T T L.r Facl> W. PIN S F`qe FNrr 71. 600 170bs. 0941 Omm 91m (S9 kg) S 60 mm 7l. `• 125 is 600 O mm Fie 4' 91 m 600 S7 k 0946 170 bs Fk.W Flay. 5 tt.m 821 170 Ea 07626 NU 07626 (1,52 12 M 100' F1r.¢ (ir_ 1251: 621 1100 Flsye 01oor 15�1.m �1 490 t. 0162, 6' 150 mm 490 t. 197 Es 7� 15D mm FLye FYI 1l9 m '60 k 06164 6' 150 mm Frye 150 490 l 14.9 m ls. Ec t X91 ' E.,­­1 1 n purist IW96 0l Sc Wle q D9� O..d m H w8 Wires b-Ai C•120. T11. Ntlo.ky VI" 1t04.I F -1 ay VAM •v91A1k.. M M".rk. rft tang,."," ­a- b E a" ►M 14 Motalf'. V.Iw Nt.l 0.110 Fs kil- Q 949kv 51t. T T lea' F.Ckr W.Wd PIN 7 60 mm Rr1¢ FIN.¢ 7t . 91 m 100 12,1 - SB' 7t. 125 b4 60 mm Rrye `• 91 m 600 57 k 09446 4' 5l. 170 bs 100 mm R r'¢ F`'� 1.52 m 621 %t 1 07626 12 M 100' F1r.¢ (ir_ 1 52 m 621 07627 6' 490 t. 197 Ds 150 mm Rr'¢ 14.9 m 7� W k 1 06464 6' 490 t_ 164 bs 150 14 9 m 7tp N k 1' ' Eq.eJ n Nyrfat b'9/' of Sa.d k 40 pP e W m Flag. 6 MN7 bm"4a C = 120. - Fk Ve 5rnpat rN it cknas >k mr.lxNM to 4ftS1 B 16.1 Nledk:rb.¢ 5. ACCESSORIES Model F -1 Dry Valve CONVEN- TIONAL TRIM PACKAGE: 3" Trim Package: Part No. 10158 (galvanized steel) 4"& 6" Trim Package: Part No. 08395 (galvanized steel) For use when the Model F -1 Dry Valve is used on systems with fresh water supplies. 2. Model F -1 Dry Valve FOAM SYSTEM TRIM PACKAGE: 3" Trim Package: Part No. 10159 4"& 6' Trim Package: Part No. 08396 For use when the Model F -1 Dry Valve is used on pre -mixed foam sys- tems. 3. Model F -1 Dry Valve ACCESSORY Package: Part No. 08397 Includes required trim components. This package is needed when Viking Trim Packages are not used. 4. E -1 ACCELERATOR AND B -1 ANTI -FLOOD ASSEMBLY PACK- AGE: Part No. 08116 Includes: Model E -1 Accelerator and Model B -1 Anti -flood Device. 5. E -1 ACCELERATOR TRIM KIT: Part No. 08264 (galvanized steel) Package includes trim components and air gauge required to install the Viking Model E -1 Accelerator and B -1 Anti -flood Device. 6. E -1 ACCELERATOR FOAM SYS- TEM TRIM KIT: Part No. 08400 Package includes trim components required when the Viking Model E -1 Accelerator and B -1 Anti -flood De- vice are installed on pre -mixed foam systems. Additional accessories are available and may be required for operation or su- pervision. Refer to the system descrip- tion for complete operating trim require- ments. 6. AVAILABILITY & SERVICE The Viking Model F -1 Dry Pipe Valve and accessories are available through a network of domestic, Canadian, and in- temational distributors. See the Viking Corp. Web site for a local distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 7. GUARANTEES For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Vi- king directly. 8. OPERATION (Refer to Figure 2.) The clapper (5) and air plate (11) as- semblies combine to form a floating member assembly. With the clapper as- sembly (5) latched closed, system air pressure forces the member assembly down, sealing the water seat (16) from the intermediate chamber. When a sprinkler operates, the system air pres- sure is reduced. When system air pres- sure is reduced to the differential trip- ping point of the valve, water supply Note: Units of measure in parentheses may be approximations. Replaces page 120 a -h, dated April 15, 2002. (Corrected Form No. F 070392 Friction Loss and added Cv Factor and updated area code Dry Systems 120 b October 25, 2002 pressure in the inlet chamber lifts the member assembly off the water seat (16) and flows into the intermediate chamber. As the member assembly continues to rise, the latching hook (15) is forced against operating pin (23), which causes the hook (15) to pivot on hook rod (6b) and unlatch the clapper. The clapper is spring loaded and swings to a full -open locked position (See Figure 2A). When equipped with the optional Accel- erator and external Anti -flood Device, a drop in system air pressure causes the Accelerator to operate. Operation of the Accelerator causes the Anti -flood De- vice to open allowing system air pres- sure to enter the dry valve intermediate chamber. This immediately destroys the pressure differential, causing the mem- ber assembly to rise faster. The intermediate chamber is normally at atmospheric pressure and is connected to the alarm line. When the valve trips, the intermediate chamber and alarm line are pressurized with system water pres- sure, activating alarms connected to the dry valve trim. 9. INSTALLATION For proper operation and approval, the valve must be trimmed in accordance with Viking Model F -1 Dry Valve Trim Charts. The Model F -1 Dry Valve must be in- stalled in the vertical position as shown in Figure 2. Airor nitrogen supply to the dry pipe sys- tem must be clean, dry, and oil free. Automatic air supplies must be regu- lated, restricted, and from a continuous source. A Viking Air Maintenance De- vice should be installed on each system equipped with an automatic air supply. Never exceed 60 PSI (414 kPa) pres- sure in the system piping with the dry valve clapper closed. The dry valve must be installed in an area not subject to freezing tempera- tures or physical damage. If required, provide a valve house (enclosure) with adequate heat around the dry valve and trim. Freezing temperatures and /or ex- cessive pressure will damage the dry valve member assembly. When corrosive atmospheres and /or contaminated water supplies are pres- ent, it is the owner's responsibility to ver- ify compatibility with the Model F -1 Dry Valve and associated equipment. Consider installation of the Viking Accel- erator and Anti -flood Device. An accel- erator (quick opening device) is recom- mended on all differential dry pipe valves and is required on dry pipe sys- tems of certain capacities. Refer to In- stallation Standards and Authorities Having Jurisdiction. If an accelerator is to be installed, verify that the appropri- ate Trim Chart is used. Part Number Prior to installing the valve, thoroughly flush the water supply piping to verify that no foreign matter is present. 9 -A. General Installation Instructions Table 2 For use with Fiaure 2 No. Read ' „ "„ •• - 3' F -1 4' F -1 i 6' F -1 vesuipuou Macenai 3, 4• __ t - - - Housing Ductile Iron: 6545 t2 t t t 2 07641 07641 07641 Latch Brass: UNS- 084400 1 1 1 3 08449 08449 08449 Latch Pin Brass: UNS4;36000 1 1 1 4 - - - 'r4' NPT Pipe Plug Steel 1 1 1 5 Clapper Assembly Ductile Iron: 6515 -12 1 1 1 (includes bushings) Teflon * Coated Steel 2 2 2 6a 07654 07654 07654 I Clapper Rod Brass: UNS-C36000 t ; 1 1 6b 07654 07654 07654 i Hook Rod Brass: UNS- 036000 1 ( 1 1 7 05369A 05369A 05369A Retaining Ring Stn. SO.: UNS- S115700 6 1, 6 6 8 07934 07934 08480 Clapper Ann Ass' Ductile 65-45-12 1 1 1 (includes bushings) Teflon Coated Steel 4 4 4 9 07658 07658 07658 Spring Type 302 Stn. Stl. tKme 1 1 1 10 _ 07655 07655 07655 I Clapper Ann Rod Brass: UNS- 036000 1 I 1 1 Air Plate Ass'y - Ductile Iron: 65-45 -12 1 1 11 1 j (includes bushings) Teflon© Coated Steel 4 4 4 12 07650 07650 08477 Diaphragm Nylon Reinforced 1 1 1 e 1 13 07649 -- 07649 08478 Diaphragm Retainer Ductile Iron: 65-45 -12 1 1 H.H.C. Screw 14 - - - 318' -16 x 314• Steel: Zinc Plated 10 110 12 (19,0 mm) Lg. 15 07935 07935 07935 I Hook Ass'y (includes bushings) Ductile Iron: 65-45 -12 Teflone Coated Steel 1 1 2 2 1 2 16 - -- - - water seat Brass: UNS-C84400 1 1 1 H.H.C. Screw - 17 - - - I 318' -16 x %' Stn. SO.: UNS- S30400 , 1 1 1 (12,7 mm) Lg. 18 07659 07659 07659 Rubber Retainer Stn. SO.: UNS- S30400 1 1 1 19 07651 07651 08487 Clapper Rubber Ethylene Propylene 1 i 1 1 20 Air Seat Brass: UNS -C84400 1 1 1 I 5/8"- 11 x 2• 21 02079A 02079A 0207SA i (50,8 mm) Lg. Steel 14 14 16 H.H.C. Screw I 1 22 - - - i Base _ - - Ductile Iron: 65-4512 1 1 Soc. Set Screw Ass' 23 08056 08056 ! 08056 'i4' - 13 x 1' Brass: UNS -C36000 1 1 1 (25,4 mm) Lg. i 24 054360 05436C 05436C Cover - Ductile Iron: 65-45 -12 1 1 1 25 04187B 04187B 04187B Cover Gasket - SBR Gadok 181 1 i 11 1 "IM-1— pd11 p 1"t dvdnaoie Rom vnung. Indicates part is available in a Sub- Assembty. See Sub - Assembly List SUB- ASSEMBLIES Item Part Number Nos. --- -- - -- - Sub- Assembly Description tnduded 3" 4. 6' 515' 08230 08230 08473 Replacement Member Sub - Assembly 17 -20 j 11-14 08323 08323 08489 - -- Replacement Air Plate Sub - Assembly 20 18 9 08324 08324 08490 Replacement Clapper Sub - Assembly 1 1 1 No. Req'd 3• a• s• 1 1 j 1 October 25, 2002 Dry Systems 120 c 1. Verify that necessary Trim Charts and Technical Data for the dry valve and associated equipment are available. 2. Remove all plastic thread protectors from the openings of the dry valve. 3. Apply a small amount of pipe -joint compound or tape to the external threads of all pipe connections re- quired. Take care not to allow any compound, tape, or other foreign matter inside any of the nipples or openings of the dry valve or trim com- ponents. 4. Install the Model F -1 Dry Valve and trim piping according to the current Model F -1 Dry Valve Trim Chart pro- Outlet \ 25 - -- 2 -- i/ I 6b �~ 21 = vided with the Trim Package and the Viking Engineering and Design Data book. The Model F -1 Dry Valve must be installed in the vertical position. 5. When installing a Viking Accelerator and Anti-flood Device in conjunction with the Model F -1 Dry Valve, refer to the appropriate Viking E -1 Accelera- tor Trim Chart provided with the Ac- celerator Trim Package and the Vi- king Engineering and Design Data book. a. When a Viking Accelerator is in- stalled on the Model F -1 Dry Valve, the dry system air supply must be connected as shown on 4' \- tY 'S i8� �J 9 �2V / ' 1, 9 F� \ Intermediate \J �, Chamber 18 u Figure 2 _ Inlet Chamber size Model A B C T D E F G 3' (80 mm) F -1 i 18 -1/4' ! 7' 12 -112' 10' �( -464 mm) (178 mm) i (318 mm) (254 mm) + - - 23' 34 -1/2' (584 mm) (876 mm) 4' (100 mm) 6' F -1 i 16 1/4' T 12 -112' 10' (464 mm) (178 mm) (318 mm) (254 mm) 20 7S/16' 12' (305 mm) 23' 34 -1/2' (584 mm) (876 mm) -- (150 mm) F_t -1/16' 14' 10' (510 mm) ' (186 mm) ; (356 mm) : (254 mm) 14 -3/4' I (375 mm) 23'- 36' (584 mm) (914 mm :J- - - - -T - —, t �gy 0 - , L per 1-- r' a 1, pppaaa O \. Figure 3 the Model E -1 Accelerator Trim Chart. b. The Viking external Anti -flood De- vice is required when a Viking Ac- celerator is installed on a Dry Valve according to the Model E -1 Accelerator Trim Chart. Hydrostatic Test: Caution: The dry valve dapper must be latched open during performance of the hydrostatic test. Do not perform a 200 PSI (1 379 kPa) hydrostatic system test with the dry valve clapper in the closed (set) posi- tion. Never exceed 60 PSI (414 kPa) air pres- sure in the system piping with the dry valve clapper dosed. DO NOT expose the Viking Accelerator to the hydrostatic test. For warnings and considerations regarding hydrostatic testing of the Viking Accelerator and other system components, refer to Technical Data for the equipment used. 10. PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE (Refer to Figure 2.) When the dry pipe system is ready to be placed in service, verify that all equip- ment is adequately heated and pro- tected to prevent freezing and physical damage. 1. Verify that the water supply main con- trol valve supplying the dry valve is closed. Latch `- Clapper Arm Hook Dry Valve Fig. 2 -A Dry Valve Fig. 2 -13 Dry Valve , Resetting Tool -i: Q Dry Vaive Fig. 2 -C Dry Systems 120 d October 25, 2002 I Kj MODEL F -1 DRY VALVE 2. Open the main drain valve (located on the inlet of the dry valve). 3. Drain all water from the dry pipe sys- tem. If the system has operated, or if water has entered the system, open all auxiliary drains and the system test valve. Allow enough time to com- pletely drain the system. Perform steps 4 through 10 to set the dry valve and/or inspect the internal operat- ing parts of the dry valve. 4. Verify that the dry pipe system is not pressurized. 5. Use a 15/16" wrench to loosen and re- move hand -hole cover bolts (21). Re- move hand -hole cover (24). Caution: Clapper arm assembly (8) and dapper assembly (5) are spring loaded to open. NEVER place hands inside the dry valve if the clapper assembly is latched closed. To release a latched clapper assembly for service: a. Insert the re- setting tool through the hole in hook assembly (15), across the fulcrum cast on top of clapper arm assembly (8) until the re- setting tool contacts the stop- ping boss on top of clapper arm assembly (8) (see Figure 2C). b. Apply a downward force on the end (outside the valve) of the re- setting tool. Hook assembly (15) will slide toward the hand -hole and off clapper arm as- sembly (8). Clapper arm assem- bly (8) and clapper assembly (5) will forcefully open, impact against latch (2), and latch in the open position. Note: Inspection and cleaning proce- dure step 6 below is considered part of the annual trip test. 6. Inspect and clean the internal parts of the valve. Give special consideration to the water seat (16), air seat (20) and dapper rubber (19). Wipe away all contaminants, dirt, and mineral deposits. Do not use solvents or ab- rasives. Operate all parts to test freedom of movement. Renew or replace dam- aged or worn parts as required. Caution: NEVER apply any lubricant to seats, gaskets, or any internal operating parts of the dry valve. Petroleum based grease or oil will damage rubber compo- nents and may prevent proper operation of the dry valve. 7. To set the dry valve clapper. Refer to figures 2, 2A, 2B, and 2C. a. Raise the latch (2) to release spring loaded clapper arm as- sembly (8) from the latched open position. -- Table 1 - Maximum Air Pressure Se" Water Pressure Minimum ' Maximum PSI — kPa - PSI kPa~ PSI kPa 50 345 15 103 25 172 75 517 20 138 30 ` 207 100 690 25 172 1 35 1 241 F 125 862 30 207 1 45 310 150 1034 35 241 i 50 345 i 175 1207 1 45 , 310 60 j 414 b. Move the clapper arm assembly (8) down toward the horizontal position (see Figure 2B). c. While holding spring loaded clap- per arm assembly (8) down, in- sert the re- setting tool through the hole in hook assembly (15), across the fulcrum cast on top of clapper arm assembly (8) until the re- setting tool contacts the stop- ping boss as shown in Figure 2 -C. d. Apply a sharp upward force at the end of the re- setting tool. Hook (15) will slide forward on the re- setting bar and latch the clap- per closed with a positive setting action (see Figure 2C). 8. Priming water is not required and may not be desirable where clean, good quality fresh water is not available. If priming water is desired, fill the dry valve with water to the bottom of the hand -hole. a. Verify that the intermediate cham- ber of the dry valve is free of wa- ter. No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. 9. Visually inspect hand -hole cover gas- ket (25). Verify that it is in good condi- tion. 10. Re- install hand -hole cover (24), gas- ket (25), and hand -hole cover bolts (21). 11. Close all auxiliary drains, the system test valve, and the priming water level test valve on the dry valve trim. The main drain (located on the inlet of the dry valve) should remain open. 12. If equipped with a Viking Accelerator and external Anti -flood Device: a. Close the 'h" (15 mm) anti -flood isolation valve. b. Observe the air pressure gauge on top of the accelerator. The gauge must read zero before the accel- erator will automatically reset. It may be necessary to loosen, re- move, and re- install (use the ap- propriate wrench) the air gauge to vent trapped air pressure from the upper chamber. 13. Open the dry system air supply and establish desired system pressure. See TABLE 1 for suggested air pres- sure to water pressure settings. NEVER EXCEED 60 PSI (414 kPa) AIR PRESSURE. 14. Verify that the intermediate chamber of the dry valve is free of water. No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. 15. If equipped with a Viking Accelerator and external Anti -flood Device: When pressure on the accelerator air pressure gauge equals the system set pressure, OPEN and secure the '/V (15 mm) anti -flood isolation valve. 16. Slowly open the water supply main control valve. 17. When flow is developed from the main drain, CLOSE the main drain valve. 18. Fully open the water supply main control valve. 19. Secure all valves in their normal oper- ating position. 20. Notify Authorities Having Jurisdiction and those in the affected area that the system is in service. 11. INSPECTIONS and TESTS NOTICE: The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condi- tion. The Viking Model F -1 Dry Valve and trim must be kept free of foreign matter, freezing conditions, corrosive atmo- spheres, contaminated water supplies, and any condition that could impair its operation or damage the device. It is imperative that the system be in- spected and tested on a regular basis. The frequency of the inspections may vary due to contaminated water sup- plies, corrosive water supplies, corro- sive atmospheres, as well as the condi- tion of the air supply to the system. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the National Fire Protection Association's pamphlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction may have ad- ditional maintenance, testing, and in- spection requirements that must be fol- lowed. WARNING: Any system maintenance which involves placing a control valve or detection system out of service may eliminate the fire protection capabilities of that system. Prior to proceeding, no- tify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to em- October 25, 2002 Dry Systems 120 e ployment of a fire patrol in the affected areas. 11 -A. INSPECTION Weekly inspection is recommended. If the system is equipped with a low air (or nitrogen) alarm, monthly inspections may be adequate. 1. Check pressure gauges located on the supply side and system side of the dry valve. Verify that the proper ratio of air (or nitrogen) pressure to water supply pressure is being main- tained. Refer to TABLE 1. 2. Verify that the intermediate chamber of the dry valve is free of water. No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. 3. If equipped with a Viking Accelerator: a. Check the air pressure gauge lo- cated on the top of the Accelera- tor. Air pressure in the upper chamber of the accelerator should equal the pneumatic pres- sure maintained in the system. Note: Standard tolerance allowance in pressure gauge calibration may result in a slight variation when pressure read- ings from any two gauges are com- pared. A difference in pressures other than slight variation due to gauge cali- bration tolerance may indicate mainte- nance is required. Refer to Technical Data for the accelerator used. b. For dry systems with Viking Accel- erators installed according to the Viking Model E -1 Accelerator Trim Chart, verify that the YZ" (15 mm) anti -flood isolation valve is OPEN and secured. 4. Verify that the water supply main control valve is open and all trim valves are in their normal operating position. 5. Check for signs of mechanical dam- age and /or corrosive activity. If de- tected, perform maintenance as re- quired or, if necessary, replace the device. 6. Verify that dry valve and trim are ade- quately heated and protected from freezing and physical damage. 11-B. QUARTERLY TESTS 11 -B.1 Water Flow Alarm Test Quarterly testing of water flow alarms is recommended and may be required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. Note: Viking Conventional Trim pro- vides a connection for installation of a non - interruptible pressure switch. Alarms and /or electric panels con- trolled by an alarm pressure switch installed in that connection cannot be interrupted. (See Dry Valve Trim Cart.) 2. Fully open the main drain (located on the base of the dry valve) to flush away any accumulation of foreign material. 3. Close the main drain. 4. To test the local electric alarm (if pro- vided) and /or mechanical water mo- tor gong (if provided), OPEN the alarm test valve in the dry valve trim. a. Electric alarm pressure switches (if provided) should activate. b. Electric local alarms should be au- dible. c. The local water motor gong should be audible. d. Verify that (if provided) remote sta- tion alarm signals were received. 5. When testing is complete, close the alarm test valve. Verify: a. All local alarms stop sounding and alarm panels (if provided) reset. b. All remote station alarms reset. c. All supply piping to water motor properly drains. 6. Verify that the alarm shut -off valve in the dry valve trim is OPEN, and the alarm test valve is CLOSED. 7. Verify that the intermediate chamber of the dry valve is free of water. No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. 8. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the affected area that testing is complete. 11 -B.2: Main Drain Test Quarterly performance of the Main Drain Test is recommended and may be re- quired by Authorities Having Jurisdiction to verify integrity of the water supply. 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. 2. Record pressure reading from the wa- ter supply pressure gauge. 3. Verify that the intermediate chamber of the dry valve is free of water. No water should flow from the drip check when the plunger is pushed. 4. Verify that the dry pipe system is pres- surized at or above the minimum pressure recommended in TABLE 1 for the water supply pressure avail- able. 5. Fully OPEN the main drain located on the base of the dry valve. 6. When a full flow is developed from the main drain, record the residual pres- sure from the water supply pressure gauge. 7. When the test is complete, SLOWLY CLOSE the main drain. 8. Compare test results with previous flow information. If deterioration of Note_ Units of measure in parentheses may be approximations. the water supply is detected, take ap- propriate steps to restore adequate water supply. 9. Verify that normal water supply pres- sure and system pneumatic pressure have been restored, and that all alarm devices and valves are se- cured in normal operating position. 10. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion that the test is complete. Record and/or provide notification of test re- sults as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 11 -B.3: Priming Water Level, and Low Air Alarm Test Quarterly testing is recommended to verify that water is not present above the Priming Level Test Valve in the dry valve trim. Quarterly testing of low air alarms is rec- ommended. 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. 2. Fully open the main drain (located on the base of the dry valve) to flush away any accumulation of foreign material. 3. Close the main drain. 4. Close the water supply Main Control Valve supplying the dry valve. 5. Open the Main Drain Valve (located on the inlet of the dry valve). If the dry valve being tested is equipped with a Viking Accelerator and external Anti -flood Device installed according to Viking Model E -1 Accelerator Trim Charts, performing steps 6 or 7 of this test will cause the accelerator to oper- ate. A burst of air from the vent in the bot- tom of the accelerator will indicate oper- ation of the accelerator. However, with the water supply Main Control Valve CLOSED and the Main Drain Valve OPEN, operation of the accelerator should not trip the dry valve. 6. Dry Valve Priming Water Level Test: a. Verify that the water supply main control valve is closed and the main drain valve is open. b. Fully open the Priming Level Test Valve in the dry valve trim to check for the presence of water. If the presence of water is detected, the system may not have been properly drained. Perform steps 1 through 3, and 11 through 15 of paragraph 10, PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE, and repeat this Dry Valve Priming Water Level Test. c. If /when no water is detected and the test is complete, continue to step 8. 7. Low Air Alarm Test: Dry Systems 120 f October 25, 2002 a. Verify that the water supply main control valve is dosed and the main drain valve is open. b. Gradually open the Priming Level Test Valve in the trim of the dry valve to simulate operation of the Dry System. Observe and record the pressure at which the low air alarm operates. 8. Close the Priming Level Test Valve. 9. If the dry valve being tested is equipped with a Viking Accelerator and external Anti -flood Device: a. Close the Mt* (15 mm) NPT Anti -flood Isolation Valve. Note: Air will continue to flow from the accelerator after it has oper- ated until step 'b' below is per- formed. b. Loosen (use the appropriate wrench), and remove the Accel- erator Air Gauge to release pres- sure from the upper chamber of the accelerator. When the accel- erator re -sets, re- install the accel- erator air gauge. 10. Perform steps 13 through 20 of para- graph 10, PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE. 11 -C. TRIP TESTS Partial Flow Trip Tests are conducted with the water supply main control valve partially closed to minimize the amount of water entering the system during the test. Performance of a Partial Flow Trip Test is recommended during warm weather at least annually except when a Full Flow Trip Test is conducted. Partial Flow Trip Tests may verify operation of equipment and devices but do not simu- late operation of the system in fire condi- tions. Full Flow Trip Tests are conducted with the water supply main control valve fully open. The dry valve is operated by opening the system test valve to simu- late the opening of a sprinkler in fire con- ditions. When the dry valve operates, the sprinkler piping will be flooded with water. Performance of a Full Flow Trip Test is recommended during warm weather at least once every three years. More fre- quent testing may be required by the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction. 11 -C.1: Full Flow Trip Test 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. Note: Alarms and electric panels controlled by an alarm pressure switch installed in the 'electric alarm panel connection ", cannot be inter- rupted (see Dry Valve Trim Cart). 2. Fully open the main drain (located on the base of the dry valve) to flush away any accumulation of foreign material. 3. Close the main drain. 4. Record water supply pressure and system pneumatic pressure. 5. Open the remote system test valve to simulate operation of the dry system. Record: a. Elapsed time from opening of the test valve to operation of the dry valve. b. System pressure when the dry valve operated. c. Elapsed time from opening of the test valve to development of full flow of water from the system test connection. d. Any other information required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 6. Verify that alarms operate properly. 7. Allow water to flow from the system test connection until it appears clear and clean. 8. When test is complete, close the wa- ter supply main control valve. 9. Perform steps 1 through 20 of para- graph 10: PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE. 10. Verify that the water supply main con- trol valve is open, and all other valves are in their normal operating position. If equipped with an external Anti -flood Device, the 'h" Anti -flood Isolation Valve must be OPEN and secured. 11 -C.2: Partial Flow Trip Test 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion and those in the area affected by the test. Note: Viking Conventional Trim pro- vides a connection for installation of a non - interruptible pressure switch. Alarms and electric panels controlled by an alarm pressure switch installed in the "electric alarm panel connec- tion", cannot be interrupted (see Dry Valve Trim Cart). 2. Record water supply pressure and system pneumatic pressure. 3. Fully open the main drain (located on the base of the dry valve) to flush away any accumulation of foreign material. 4. CLOSE the water supply main control valve as far as possible while main- taining full flow from the main drain. CLOSE the main drain. 5. Open the priming level test valve to simulate operation of the system. 6. Note (for records) water supply pres- sure and system pneumatic pressure when the dry valve operates. 7. CLOSE the water supply main control valve and OPEN the main drain IM- MEDIATELY, when test is complete. 8. Perform steps 1 through 20 of para- graph 10: PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE. 9. Verify that the water supply main con- trol valve is open, all other valves are in their normal operating position. If equipped with an external Anti -flood Device, the % anti -flood isolation valve must be OPEN and secured. 12. DRY VALVE MAINTENANCE (See Figure 2.) WARNING: Prior to servicing internal operating parts of the dry valve, take the following precautions. 1. Close the water supply main control valve, placing the system out of ser- vice. 2. Open the main drain boated in the base of the dry valve. 3. Close the air (or nitrogen) supply to the dry system piping. 4. Relieve all pressure from the dry sys- tem piping. If the system has oper- ated, open all auxiliary drains and the system Test Valve to allow the sys- tem to drain completely. 5. Use a 15/16 wrench to loosen and re- move hand -hole cover bolts (21) and remove hand -hole cover (24). Caution: Clapper arm assembly (8) and clapper assembly (5) is spring loaded to open. NEVER place hands inside the dry valve if the clapper assembly is latched closed. 6. Release latched (set) clapper as- sembly for service: a. Insert the re- setting tool through the hole in hook assembly (15), across the cast fulcrum on top of dapper arm assembly (8) until the re- setting tool contacts the stop- ping boss on top of clapper arm assembly (8). b. Apply a downward force on the end (outside the valve) of the re- setting tool. Hook assembly (15) will slide toward the hand -hole and off clapper arm as- sembly (8). The clapper arm as- sembly (8) and clapper assembly (5) will forcefully open, impact against latch (2), and be trapped in the open position. Caution: NEVER apply any lubricant to seats, gaskets, or any intemal operating parts of the Dry Valve. Petroleum -based grease or oil will damage rubber compo- nents and may prevent proper operation of the dry valve. Recommended practice: When per- forming maintenance inside the dry valve with the clapper in the open posi- tion, cover the opening to prevent tools or parts from dropping onto the seat or into the waterway. 7. To Remove Clapper Rubber (19): October 25, 2002 Dry Systems 120 g 10 11 12 a. Use a 9116" wrench to remove hex -head screw (17) and rubber retainer (18). b. Remove dapper rubber (19) for in- spection. If the clapper rubber shows signs of wear, such as cracking, cuts, or excessively deep grooves where the rubber contacts the air or water seat, re- place the rubber. To Reinstall Clapper Rubber (19): a. Place a new clapper rubber (19), over the center hub of rubber re- tainer (18). b. Position retainer (18) (with rubber in place) against dapper assem- bly (5) as shown in figure 2. c. Replace and tighten hex -head screw (17). Do not over- tighten. To Remove Clapper Assembly (5): a. While holding spring loaded clap- per arm assembly (8) down, re- move a retaining ring (7) from one end of clapper rod (6a). b. Release spring loaded clapper arm assembly (8) and allow it to latch in the open position. c. Slide rod (6a) out of clapper arm assembly (8) to free clapper as- sembly (5). d. Remove clapper assembly (5) for inspection or replacement. To Re- install Clapper Assembly (5): a. Reverse disassembly procedures a through d in step 9 above. To Remove Latch (2): a. Remove '/i NPT pipe plug (4) (outside of valve) to expose latch pin (3). b. While holding latch (2) with one hand, remove latch pin (3). c. Remove latch (2). To Re- install Latch (2) and Latch Pin (3), reverse disassembly procedures a through c in step 11 above. Disassembly and Re- assembly: The intemal member assembly of the dry valve consists of several sub - assemblies. To service these sub - assemblies, it is necessary to disas- semble the dry valve. 13. To Disassemble The Dry Valve: a. Disconnect the trim and remove the valve from the system piping. b. Use a 15/16" wrench to remove hex -head screws (21) from base (22). c. Remove housing (1) from base (22). Member assembly compo- nents (5 -15), and (17 -20) are ac- cessible for replacement. d. When inspection and /or replace- ment of Member assembly com- ponents is complete Re- assemble the dry valve. 14. To Re- assemble the dry valve: a. Reverse disassembly procedures a through c in step 13 above. b. Socket -set screw (23) will need adjustment. After the valve has been completely reassembled, latch the dapper in place. With a 1/4" (6,35 mm) Allen wrench, turn the screw clockwise until it con- tacts the hook (24). Then, turn the screw one complete turn coun- ter- clockwise. Set the system and trip test the valve to verify proper operation of the valve. 15. To Remove Hook Assembly (15): a. Remove a retaining ring (7) from one end of hook rod (6b). b. Slide rod (6b) out of the bushings in air plate assembly (11) to free hook assembly (15). c. Remove hook assembly (15). 16. To Re- install Hook Assembly (15): a. Reverse disassembly procedures a through c in step 15 above. 17. To Remove Clapper Arm Assembly (8) and Spring (9): a. Remove a retaining ring (7) from one end of clapper arm rod (10). b. Slide clapper arm rod (10) out of the bushings in air plate assembly (11) to free clapper arm assembly (8) taking care to retrieve spring (9). c. Remove clapper arm assembly (8), and spring (9). 18. To Re- install Clapper Arm Assembly (8): a. Reverse disassembly procedures a through c in step 17 above. 19. To remove Diaphragm (12) and Dia- phragm Retainer (13): a. Use a 9/16" wrench to remove hex -head screws (14). b. Remove diaphragm retainer (13) and diaphragm (12) for replace- ment. If the diaphragm rubber shows signs of wear, such as cracking or cuts, replace the rub- ber diaphragm. 20. To Re- install Diaphragm (12) and Dia- phragm Retainer (13): a. Reverse disassembly procedures a and b in step 19 above. b. When re- installing diaphragm re- tainer (13), cross tighten hex -head screws (14) to 20 ft. lbs. of torque for even compression of diaphragm (12). c. When assembling base (22) to housing (1): c -1. Invert housing (1) on work bench so holes for hex -head screws (21) are facing up. c -2. Position complete member sub - assembly (5 -15 & 17 -20) with screw holes in diaphragm (12), aligned with screw holes in inverted housing (1). Use care to align screw holes so hook assembly (15) properly aligns with set screw (23). c -3. Position base (22) over in- verted housing (1) with member assembly (5-15 & 17 -20). Align screw holes so '/� (15 mm) NPT trim connection in base (22) aligns with '' /Z" (15 mm) NPT trim connection in housing (1). c-4. Install hex -head screws (21) finger tight only. c -5. Cross - tighten all hex -head screws (21), to 90 ft. lbs. of torque to evenly compress diaphragm (12) and main- tain proper alignment of member sub - assembly (5 -15 & 17 -20). 13. ABNORMAL CONDITIONS 1. The valve trips when no sprinkler has fused. Possible causes: a. Loss of air pressure in the system. Suggested action: Check the sys- tem for leaks and check for proper air supply. A Viking Air Mainte- nance Device should be installed on each system equipped with an automatic air supply. Consider adding a maintenance air com- pressor. b. An extreme pressure surge in the water supply. Suggested action: Increase the air pressure on the system. The maximum limit is 60 PSI (414 kPa). Note: Increasing system pres- sure may increase trip time of the dry valve. 2. Water constantly passing through the drip check when the valve is in the SET position. Possible causes: a. water leaking over the water seat into the intermediate chamber. Suggested action: Inspect and clean the water seat and clapper rubber (see step 5 of paragraph 10 PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE). Consider replacing the clapper rubber. If the water seat has been pitted or damaged by debris, it may be necessary to replace the base assembly. b. Alarm test valve in the bypass con- nection of the dry valve trim not Dry Systems 120 h October 25, 2002 tightly dosed . Suggested action: Verify that wa- ter is not getting past alarm test valve. Air constantly passing through the drip check when the valve is in the SET position. Possible causes: a. Air leaking over the air seat into the intermediate chamber. Suggested action: Inspect and clean the airseat and dapperrub- ber(see step 5 of paragraph 10 PLACING DRY VALVE IN SER- VICE). Consider replacing the clapper rubber. If the air seat has been pitted or damaged by de- bris, it may be necessary to re- place the air plate assembly. b. Air leaking past the rubber dia- phragm. Suggested action: Inspect the rubber diaphragm for deteriora- tion. If necessary, replace the dia- phragm. Clapper will not latch. Possible causes: a: Incorrect resetting tool. Suggested action: Verify that the re- setting tool used is smooth and of the proper strength and diame- ter' to provide the required force at the appropriate angle to cause the latching hook to slide over the dapper arm when setting the dry valve. The Viking Re- setting tool is a 3/4" (19mm) diameter cold rolled steel bar 15" (381 mm) long, chamfered at both ends. b. The hook not sliding on the re- setting tool. Suggested action: File or grind the re- setting tool. Remove any rough spots to provide a smooth sliding surface and proper clear- ance. Replaces page 120 a -h, dated April 15, 2002. (Corrected Friction Loss and added Cv Factor and updated area code c. Clapper rubber worn. Suggested action: Replace the dapper rubber. d. Internal parts damaged by acci- dental application of high pres- sure. Suggested action: Replace the valve member assembly. The valve latches but will not remain set. Possible causes: a. Improper resetting procedure. Suggested action: See para- graph 10, PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE. b. Inadequate air supply. Suggested action: See Para- graph 10, PLACING DRY VALVE IN SERVICE and TABLE 1. c. Air pressure and priming water passing through the intermediate chamber and out of the drip check. Suggested action: Clean the air seat and the dapper rubber. Re- place the clapper rubber, if worn. Form No. F 070392 ����Il��lble�� Model F1 FR Sprinkler Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Conventional Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall - HSW 1 Deflector Model F1 FR Recessed Sprinkler Types Recessed Pendent Recessed Horizontal Sidewall - HSW 1 Deflector Listings & Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada (ULC) 3. Certified by FM Approvals 4. Loss Prevention Council (LPC, UK) 5. NYC BS&A No. 587 -75-SA 6. Meets MIL- S-901C and MIL -STD 167 -1 7. Verband der Schadenversicherer (VdS, Germany) 8. NYC MEA 258 -93 -E UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic & Open Quick Response Sprinkler UL Guide Number VN IV Patents: US Patent No. 6,374,920 Applies to Model F1 FR Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers. Product Description Woble Models F1 FR and F1 FR Recessed Sprinklers are quick response sprinklers which combine the durability of a standard sprinkler with the attractive low profile of a decorative sprinkler The Models F1 FR and F1 FR Recessed automatic sprinklers utilize a 3.0 mm frangible glass bulb. These sprinklers have demonstrated response tines in laboratory tests which are five to ten tines faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick response enables the Model F1 FR and F1 FR Recessed sprinklers to apply water to a fire much faster than standard sprinklers of the same temperature rating. The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount Of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely manu- factured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially con- structed to provide fast thermal response. The balance of parts are made of brass, copper and beryllium nickel. At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid in both the liquid and vapor phases. The vapor phase can be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid ex- Bulletin 136 Rev.M Model F1 FR Model F1 FR Recessed Quick Response Sprinklers Upright Pendent Vertical Sidewall Conventional Emil Horizontal Sidewall HSW 1 Deflector Recessed Pendent (Model FP Shown) pands, forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liquid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter, opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distrib- ute the discharging water. Application Quick response sprinklers are used in fixed fire protec- tion systems: Wet, Dry, Deluge or Preaction. Care must be exercised that the orifice size, temperature rating, deflector style and sprinkler type are in accordance with the latest published standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation or the approving Authority Having Jurisdiction. Quick response sprinklers are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Quick response sprinklers and stan- dard response sprinklers should not be intermixed. The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. 525 North MacQuesten Parkway, Mount Vernon, New York 10552 OD W 0) Model F1 FR Quick Response Upright, Pendent & Conventional Sprinklers Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Sprinkler Type Std l (SSU) and Pendent (SSP) Defectors Marked to Yldcate position K Factor SprWdler Approval 0 , Sprkilder Id on US Metric SSII SSP " 0 5mm Standard Orifice with Y" NPT R Dwead 5.6 80 22" (56mm ) 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 83625 113615 ,y..' 20rnrn Orifice with NPT (R3. )Thread 8.0 115 23" 58mm 12,3,4,7,8 83622 83612 " 17mm Small Orifice with " NPT R}7 Thread 4.2 60 2.2" 56mm 1,2,8 83623 R3613 Y.' 10mm Smal Orfice with Y,' NPT y Thread 2.8 40 22" 56mm 1,2,8 83621 83611 10mm Orifice XLH with W." Thread 4.2 60 56nm 4,6,7 83624 83614 Conv&tonal- Instal in LOVA or Pendent Position 4.2 5.6 8.0 I 60 80 115 56nm I 56mm 58mm I — 4,6,7 I 4,7 F13675 R3672 10nrn Office X -H with W, Thread 15nmrt Standard Orifice with Y" NPT (Ry) Thread 20mm Large Orifice with'" RPT (")Thread Upright It hk Pendent Model F1 FR Quick Response Recessed Pendent Sprinkler I Installation Wrench: Model GFR1 Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Conventional Nominal Orifice Thread Size K Factor Sprinkler Height Approval(') Organizations Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) us Metric Y,- (15mm) y" NPT (R' /7) 5.6 80 2.2" (56mm) 1,2,3,4,5,7,8 R3615 'T "(20mm) 3;" NPT (R16) 8.0 115 2.3" (58mm) 1,2,3,8 R3612 T /,6" (11mm) Y- NPT (R'k) 4.2 60 2.2" (5smm) 1,2,8 R3613 " (10mm) " NPT (R'/2) 2.8 40 2.2" (56mm) 1,2,8 R3611 10mrn Rae 4.2 60 56mm 4,7 R3614 mulct w ubuurcneun uara raoie tor approvals and omensions. 7 r/ - W" Ott 157-1 1 15/16' DM "ON UXUR uxn ncxlr ALA -T SFR —QER wPL'ACN B7SS �\ I �1 1 1 T— Fh7 P( rin^C ip ✓�s �[NT T'1 00 1111 , (cam D.cNSO" / (i7mm1 2 27132-0. 172-2....01_E (r) RUTR TO rI t F2 PSCUTpfDN WA ki F*9 APPR&�S AND DYFFSONM 2 516' DLA. [66.7mm] HOLE IN C£N.ING 2 5116" crx (58.7mmI / CUP 1 x 112' REDUCER C E2 +NG L _— 00 Vb FACE DF FFr1+Nc L\� TO FACE OF CEUK' fMUCN5RJN1�/ / i 1 J, .<Lir:,5T1IENT %1 REFER TO FP ESCUTChCON WTA TABLE FOR APPROVALS AND DeWNSA-N S Model F1 FR Quick Response Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Position: Upright or Pendent Approval Type: Light Hazard Occupancy Installation Data: Nominal Orifice Thread Size K Factor Sprinkler He) Height Approval Organizations Sprinkler P Identification Number (SIN) US i Metric fz' 112" NPT (R!f2) 5.6 80 2.2" (56mm) 1, 2, 3, 6, 8 5.6 15mm %2" NPT (131/2) 5.6 80 2.2" (56mm) 4(') R3685 (1) LPC Approval is for Pendent position only. Orientation Deflector to Ceiling Dimension (Min. - Max.) Upright 4" - 12" (102mm - 305mm Pendent 6" - 12" (152mm - 305mm) Vertical Sidewall US Patent No. 6,374,920 Model F1 FR Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Deflector: HSW 1 Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Orifice Thread Size K Factor Sprinkler Length izations and Type Approval Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) US Metric Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Y" (15mm) YZ" NPT(R %2) 5.6 80 2.63" (67mm) 1,2,3,5,8 1,2,5,8 133635 NOTE: UL, ULC and MEA Listing permits use with F1 or F2 recessed escutcheon. 1141r I •�r Horizontal Sidewall )J6FG04 1 ( FACE OF FITrMC. TO WAL, DIMENSION 2 1/4` HOLE 1%4. [572--] I, a 112 - WDUCE4 --7 , I 7' I 15 /r6' DIA %. t`40.Imm; L,RN CO(L47 JVa �1GH' ,c ANST SPFi1NY,L£R WRENCH BOSS. i - 1 1,74 - M /N. rJ.2-nn7 [101 6nm- 15[.4mmj CEUJNG TO DEFLECTOR i ji 1 2 27432'- -rA [77.2mm] I (t) ALVNiIN'_.VL (1) RrFER 10 ESCUTHCCO.V DAA TABLE FOP APFRCY4S AND D11IE.1JS,0NS. 3. Installation Quick response sprinklers are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Quick response sprinklers and stan- dard response sprinklers should not be intermixed. The Model F1 FR Recessed Quick Response Sprinklers are to be installed as shown. The Model F1 or F2 Esa,tcheons illus- trated are the only rend emAcheons to be used with the Model F1 FR Sprinklers. The use of any other recessed escutdr eon will void all approvals and negate all warranties. When instalfng Model F1 FR Sprinklers, use the Model D Sprw,,- kler Wrench. When nstalfng Model F1 FR Reid Pendent or Sidewall Sprinklers, use the Model GFR 1 Sprinkler Wrench. Any other type of wrench may damage these sprinklers. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handing and installation. RE- MOVE THIS PROTECTION AT THE TIME THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PLACED IN SERVICE FOR FIRE PROTECTION. Re- moval of the protectors before this tine may leave the bulb vul- nerable to damage. RASCO wrenches are designed to install sprinklers when covers are in place. REMOVE PROTECTORS BY UNDOING THE CLASP BY HAND. DO NOT USE TOOLS TO REMOVE THE PROTECTORS. Temperature Ratings ClassiRcatlon Sprinider T LUx. Ambient Temp Bub color °c T Ordinary 57 135 100`F(38°C) Orange Ordinary 68 155 100°F (38°C) Red Intermediate 79 175 150-F (66-C) Yellow Intermediate 93 200 150- F (66°C) Creep High 1') 141 286 225T(107°C) Blue 1') Not available for recessed sprinklers. Escutcheon Data No Dimensional Figure for FP Maintenance The Models F1 FR and F1 FR Recessed Sprinklers should be inspected quarterly and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gen- tle vacuuming. Remove any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprin- klers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to mini- mize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non- operation. Sprinider Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Conventional Sidewall (Vertical, Horizontal HSW 1) Recessed Pendent Recessed Horizontal Sidewall HSW 1 Finishes t'1 12) Standard Sprinlider F,ttcbeon Bronze Chrome Plated White Polyester Coated FbCAVoror � Approvals A4u*nmtt okra Won Bright Brass Black Plated Black Paint Off White Satin Chrome VM D11tr1ension 1}2" F1 1,2,4,8 Max Recess (38.1 mm) Jjb ^- iS'ib� Min Recess j;" (5mrn -24mm) 19.1mm 1 }? " F2 1,2,3,4,51718 Max Recess (38.1 mm) 3,6" -1116' Min Recess %6 " (srrtrrt - 17rnm) 24mm FP 1,2 Max Recessed 1y"(38.1mm) P 116 s h-oM Threa" 1,2 Min Recessed 1•(25 *4mm) 24m6m No Dimensional Figure for FP Maintenance The Models F1 FR and F1 FR Recessed Sprinklers should be inspected quarterly and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gen- tle vacuuming. Remove any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprin- klers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to mini- mize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non- operation. Sprinider Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Conventional Sidewall (Vertical, Horizontal HSW 1) Recessed Pendent Recessed Horizontal Sidewall HSW 1 Finishes t'1 12) Standard Sprinlider F,ttcbeon Bronze Chrome Plated White Polyester Coated Brass Chrome Plated (31 White Painted (3) Special Application Firtfs m Sprinkler Escutcheon Bright Brass Black Plated Black Paint Off White Satin Chrome Bright Brass Black Plated Black Paint Off White Satin Chrome (t) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult the factory for details. (2) FM Approvals is limited to bronze and brass, chrome or black plated finishes only. (3) FP Push- on/Thread -off escutcheon Ordering Information Specify: 1. Sprinkler Model 2. Sprinkler Type 3. Orifice Size 4. Deflector Type 5. Temperature Rating 6. Sprinkler Finish 7. Escutcheon Type 8. Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) Note: When Model F1 FR Recessed sprinklers are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately. The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest pertinent Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. Factory Mutual Researcn Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 80 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputa- ble sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States. Canada and foreign countries Manufactured by The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., ky- (800)431 -1588 Sales Offices (BOO)84&6051 Sales Fax (91468 -,3470 Corporate Offices www.reliablesiannkler.com Internet Address ®Recycled PzOer Revision lines indicate updated or new data EG Prnted n i S A 7,D5 RN9999970027 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 Pipe Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot -dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. Nominal Pipe Size in O.D. in 1. D. in Nom. Wall in Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.097 0.109 1.40lbs /ft 91 1 -1/4 1.660 1.442 0.109 1.81lbs /ft 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.682 0.109 2.08 Ibs /ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 0.109 2.64lbs /ft 37 2-1/2 2.875 2.635 0.120 3.53 Ibs /ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 0.120 4.33lbs /ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 0.120 5.62lbs /ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size 0. D. I.D. Nom. Wall Weight/Ft Bundle in in in in Size 1 1.315 1.049 0.133 1.68lbs /ft 70 1 -1/4 1.660 1.380 0.140 2.27lbs /ft 51 1-1/2 1.900 1.610 0.145 2.72 Ibs /ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 0.154 3.65lbs /ft 30 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak -tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Atso, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, U` us Chesterfield, MO 63017 contact your salesperson today at Qiwo BULL NIOOSE VIBE CONFf4Ny (800) 325 -4467 (800) 325 -4467 or (636) 537 -2600 L1SiFl - FAX: (636) 537 -2645 in the USA, or from Canada w w.bullmoosetttbe.cotn call (800) 882 -4666 F IIN A A� company e -mail: info(dbullmoosetube.com APPROVED An information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of pubkcation. Bul Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 02103 FLUSH FIRE ®EPT INLET � CONNECTIONES SINGLE INLET FUNCTION: Used as an auxiliary inlet connection to supplement the fire protection water supply. Provides unobstructed waterway. Flush design desirable when appearance is a factor. REGULARLY FURNISHED: Brass plate with lettering as selected. Polished brass snoot with rigid end NPT x pin lug hose thread swivel. pin lug plug and chain. Round or square plate: size as selected by model number. With 41% ":11.4 cm Round Plate With 8" -20.3 cm Round Plate With 8 "20.3 cm Square Plate Rough Brass Polished Model Size Model Type Size Model Size 5016 ...........2F' 64 cm 5005 ..... F x F ......1; <" 3.8cm 5011 ...........2 h" 6.4 Cm 5017 ...2:i "x 3" 6.4 Cm x7.6 cm 5012 ...2 "x X-6.4 cm x7.6 Cm 5018 ............3" 7.6 cm OPTIONAL FINISHES: —D 5013 ... ......... 3"7.6CM Polished chrome plated (Refer LETTERING: AUTO SPKR SPECIFY: Thread and lettering to page 6 for special finishes) STANDPIPE FUNCTION: Used as an auxiliary inlet connection to supplement the fire protection water supply. Drop clappers provide unobstructed waterway. Flush design desirable when appearance is a factor. REGULARLY FURNISHED: Cast brass body with drop clappers. Size, outlet location and number of inlets as selected by model number. Polished brass plate with lettering as selected. Polished brass 2%"16.4 Cm double female snoots with rigid end NPT x pin lug hose thread swivels, pin lug plugs and chains. TWO -WAY INLET THREE -WAY INLET Bads Outlet Top or Bottom Outlet —E— I —c —I —E— H -I I I —A -1 I —F —I Plate 15" I— .xrrn—I 3'h" 4 h "I a9� trtcm 9' + + 729 an _ I 3" I I 1 Smoot 7.6 cm 1'h "11 an, Ot l � SI.IFFD(- F --G 3 "i7.6 cm Female Hose Thread Inlet Bads Outlet Top or Bottom Outlet —c -1 A 1 -H —I- II I I IF G BI _ I ra~ —W-- IA6 cm A Plate - E- -E- 20" -E- -E- —I 31h" 4'h" I I &9m 41.1 cm 9•• + + + I2.9 cm _ I 3" I I p1- 76 an , St1001 SUFm -F Model Ortlel stm IA FM A 1 C 0 E F 6 H No. Loatlot► �' a Lkw APPM"l IS. is h. a M_ rs te. v Yt. an in. to le_ a In. M No. hkktt 5021 Iadc 4 x 2Y: x 2 /: YES NO 11 6 57: 6 7 11 _ 51/• 2 10.2x64164 279 15.2 14 152 178 279 146 5025 Bat* 6 x 27, x 27: NO NO 1211. 811. 7'1• 9 1: 71: 12 _ 57• 2 152x6.4161 323 222 19.6 24, 19 304 133 5031 Bad 6x2/;x26x21: NO NO 16 11 7'/. 121 6 10 6 511: 3 152x64x64x64 406 279 196 31, 152 254 :52 11 5022 Bottom 4 x 27 x 27: YES NO 11 6 5'' 6 7 11 — 5'/. 2 10.216.4x64 279 152 N 152 176 279 146 5026 Bottom 6 x 2;: x 27: NO NO 12 i. B!. T ?. 9'1: Tr: 12 — S' /• 2 152x64x64 321 212 196 247 19 304 133 5032 Botlom 6 x 27: x 27- x 2 1: NO NO 16 11 77. 12,: 6 10 6 5'/: 3 152x6.4x64x64 406 279 196 317 152 254 152 11 5023 T 4 x 21: x 2 !: YES NO 11 6 5` 6 7 11 — 5'1• 2 102x6,4 r64 279 152 14 152 U8 21-9 146 $427 Top 6 x 27: x 2 "6 NO NO 12 '• 871 7' . 97 7 1: 12 _ 51. 2 15.2x64,64 373 222 196 147 19 304 133 5133 TOP 6127: x 2 : x 7 ?: NO NO 16 11 7" 12 : 6 10 6 57: 3 15.2x6.4x64x64 40.6 279 196 31, 15.2 254 752 14 OPTIONAL FINISHES: LETTERING AVAILABLE: VARIATION: —D Polished Chrome Plated —SS Polished Stainless Steel Plate (Refer to page 6 for special finishes) AUTO SPKR —F Sillcock Flange Plate STANDPIPE with Sillcock DRY STANDPIPE SPECIFY: Thread and lettering AUTO SPKR STANDPIPE (Refer to page 5 -8 for special lettering) r kfta .stir Yolk 10.03 vcun11t1c �sA141so90:,1 _iul4fo�1,lv1w{ FireLock® Fittings PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FireLock' products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services- FireLock full -flow elbows and tees are a CAD - developed. hydrodynamic design that has a shorter center -to -end dimension than standard fittings A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Style 005 FireLock couplings Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad Interference Vlctaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of VlctaultC FireLock Style 005 couplings r ` Patented See Viciauk putricabon 1001 for cietaas. DIMENSIONS wCtoEl I 1 C to E � o No. 001 No. 003 C to E -1 —1 C i -T oio E to E No. 002 No. 006 REGISTERED TiUL:V Ii Vti.TaLVC - ZC0PYRIGHT21U147CT41A1C - PRINTEDISUSA Vldau1ic Company d Ame,ica . Pha1x 1- 800.PIi,h -VIC 55 - 800 - 742 58 F2; - Fax 610250.881— e -mat 01 iw[ vtclau c ccm V'dauhc Company Gl Canad3 - p1-.iri.e u-05-88! 7444- Fax 905- 8335 -91,74- e-mal s cr.3-ada a aa;a,_ cc-1 V dauhc Europe. PlWe 32.9 3S' 1500 - Fax 32 9 380 4,138 • e ma wceuro_?v7dauhr. b V etauhe America tahea • F-me 610- 559-3300 • Fax 610 559 3608 • e -ma , v ca, , vu:l&,ac V i la..4C Li13 P1c:'e • P ^.ry 65 6235 035 • F 1 6i 6.' T"1 C` i- - P T. . , la.... , . I�a`c�U�IC No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 806 Fitting Size 90' ER)ow 45' Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual Aprx- Apr1c Aprx. Thickness Aprx- Nominal Outside C to E Weight C to E Weight C t0 E Weight "T Weight Diameter Diameter Inches Each Indies Each Inches Each Inches Each Inches/mm Incheshnm mm LbsJkg mm LbsAg mm LbsA9 mm LbsAg 1'4 1.660 2 75 1.0 175 09 2 75 1 5 082 03 32 42.4 ;0 05 45 41 10 01 21 01 1' ?• 1900 2 -75 12 175 09 275 20 082 04 40 463 10 05 45 4.1 10 09 21 0.7 2 2 375 2 75 1 7 2.00 18 275 24 0 88 06 5o 60.3 10 0.8 51 0.8 70 11 22 03 2'1 , 2875 300 31 225 22 300 36 088 1.0 6S 73.0 76 1.4 57 10 76 16 22 05 76.1 mm 3 000 300 330 225 24 - - - - 76 1 76 1 i 57 1 1 - - - 3 3500 338 40 250 31 338 53 088 12 80 889 86 1 6 64 1 4 86 ' 1 22 0 5 4 4 500 400 6 7 300 56 4 00 all 100 24 IX7 3 102 3.0 16 2i 1. ^„ 39 'S 11 5 5 563 .188 126 325 83 4 88 15 7 1 p0 4' 12i 141 3 ' 24 83 3 6 124 ' I - 1 i 6 6 625 550 183 350 11 7 5 50 22 7 100 59 15J 168 3 14^ a 3 39 5 3 740 10 3 8 8 625 68, 25 c 4 25 204 69.1 38 7 1 3 12 7 REGISTERED TiUL:V Ii Vti.TaLVC - ZC0PYRIGHT21U147CT41A1C - PRINTEDISUSA Vldau1ic Company d Ame,ica . Pha1x 1- 800.PIi,h -VIC 55 - 800 - 742 58 F2; - Fax 610250.881— e -mat 01 iw[ vtclau c ccm V'dauhc Company Gl Canad3 - p1-.iri.e u-05-88! 7444- Fax 905- 8335 -91,74- e-mal s cr.3-ada a aa;a,_ cc-1 V dauhc Europe. PlWe 32.9 3S' 1500 - Fax 32 9 380 4,138 • e ma wceuro_?v7dauhr. b V etauhe America tahea • F-me 610- 559-3300 • Fax 610 559 3608 • e -ma , v ca, , vu:l&,ac V i la..4C Li13 P1c:'e • P ^.ry 65 6235 035 • F 1 6i 6.' T"1 C` i- - P T. . , la.... , . I�a`c�U�IC 10.03 FLOW DATA t fhe flow data lt51pd,s based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536. grade 65-45-12 Fitting Coating: Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized 1'ILJJM.T-1,1 by V,-:,tal - C-m-P, lr� N! L. =,!-dw 1! C; -dan' wrert V, i.,.j c —ul; ".1h1 z li'm 1, 1", !U! on 2 FireLock Fittings Frictional Resistance Fitting Sure Equivalent Feet"ers of Straight Pipe Actual Straight Tee Nominal j oubalfe 160- ON Marnelet Diameter 90' Elbow 451 Elbow Incheshm Indleshm No. 001 No. 003 Branch Run 2 2375 35 28?{ 43 22 43 3 00(- 3 "-' 0 4 7 4 3500 50 26 130 5r 4 5 X 68 34 160 68 5563 85 42 210 85 1413 21-1 '3 1 64 26 6 6625 100 50 250 150 1683 30 1S 16 30 8 8625 130 50 330 130 200 2191 4(j I i 101 4 0 t fhe flow data lt51pd,s based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536. grade 65-45-12 Fitting Coating: Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized 1'ILJJM.T-1,1 by V,-:,tal - C-m-P, lr� N! L. =,!-dw 1! C; -dan' wrert V, i.,.j c —ul; ".1h1 z li'm 1, 1", !U! on 2 FireLock Fittings 10.02 1ICIAAIC'4AN r-n tr- Style 005 FireLock® Rigid Coupling VICp1U S with Vic -Pluse Gasket System i s t PRODUCT DESCRIPTION rdtelltcu j6jj#,j!-- DIMENSIONS ;:L W tea 7a 7till M� ���.3 Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 psi (2413 kPa) for 1 v-, - 4- (32 - 100 mm) sizes and 300 psi (2068 kPa) for 4'!,- 8' (108 - 200 mm) sizes: Schedule 10 roll grooved or Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005 is rigid and does not accommodate expansion. contraction or angular deflection Jr. em FireLock' Style 005 rigid coupling has a unique, patented angle pad design which alloys the housings to offset while clamping the grooves By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads rigidity is obtained The FireLock couplings provide rigidity for valve connections- fire mains and long straight runs Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems Angle -pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket This reduces components to handle during assembly speeds and eases installation on pipe grooved to Victaulic specifications Style 005 FireLock couplings with the Vic- PlusT" Gasket System are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. Vic -Plus Gasket System: Victaulic' now offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems The Vic- PlusTM' System (patented) is dry. clean, and non- toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over - lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1 -100) for supplemental lubrication requirements ULC uL' O 11 C VUS 4 LPC and WS Approve Request Victaulic ` see note-,on page 2 publication 10.01 for details. Pipe Size Max. Max. Allow. Dimensions 11wheshnin Actual Nominal Outside Work. End Pipe End 0ElolUlul Aprx. Diameter Diameter Press. S - Load' Sep. t No. - Size WyL Ea. inches/mm kldtes/mm PSIAPa LbsA Inhnm kichestmm X Y 2 LEsA9 1 4 1 660 350 755 005 2 75 4 50 1 88 1 2 31 424 2413 3370 11 2 17; X 2'.- 70 114 146 05 1 i; 1 900 350 990 005 300 4 75 188 1 2 40 48.3 2413 4411 1 1 2 2- 11; X 2 1, 16 121 148 1 05 2 2 375 350 1550 00 350 525 188 16 So 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 2- 1. X 2'7, 89 133 148 0.7 2'1 2 875 350 2270 007 400 575 1 -88 19 65 73.0 2413 10110 1 ] 2- 11, X 2V, 102 146 148 09 76 1 mm 3.000 350 2475 007 2 ,i X 217_ 4 13 5 75 188 19 76.1 2413 11010 1.7 . 105 146 148 09 3 3 500 350 3365 007 463 6 13 188 2.1 80 BSA 2413 14985 1,7 2 - 3/, X 2 •, I13 156 14B 1.0 4 4.500 350 5565 016 5 75 7 25 2 13 31 100 114 3 Z413 24770 4.1 2 - /: X 2 7: 146 184 54 1 4 4250 300 x255 016 563 725 2'3 31 IOBOmm 2 V_ X 2 1060 11068 18940 4 ' - 143 184 54 1 4 5 563 3DO 7290 016 688 900 2 ' 3 •1 5 141 3 1•)738 3'445 4 ' 2 - i. X 1 75 229 ,4 1 33 0 mm 5 250 3DO 6495 0 16 2 - ', X 2 ` 663 900 2 13 4 1330 A61i ; 3900 4 - 166 229 ,. ° 1 7 ctm 5 500 300 7 125 016 ' 2 � X 2 ': 688 900 2' 3 4 8 137 ' 'k;E 31 71. 4 1 175 229 1- 6 6 625 300 103.1„ 01-6 �. 8 x 1000 2 3 5 C ' S0 165 3 '068 461 , 4 ' - - 203 15! 1_? r_ u r, 6 250 300 9200 0' 5 X 7 63 1000 2' 3 5 5 04 2 , 6 500 300 9955 0 '6 8 15 10 00 2 ' 3 ; 5 b_ - 1651 ;,-n8 4!.'.9` 4 - �. 2`•. 25! - _ 8 8 625 300 :525 0 1.9 1.0 50 13 -3 L 63 " 3 219 Y. cs -�.�„ 4 3 � : X 4 - - 26' 1 134 6: 5 1 4" _, in ^rlcs or park' :4 REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VK,TAUt1C- dCOPYNGKI' 1P: VICTAIx3C- MUTED I%U.SA - SKU ,lVCA5E.Vf4F% Victaulic Company of America - Phone 1 -800- PICK -VIC (1- 800 - 742 -5842) - Fax 610- 250 -8817 - e-mail plckv'c @victaulic com VK Wlic Company of Canada - Phone- 905- 884 -7444 - Fax 905 -884 -9774 - e -mail via'anadai vrdaulic can Victaulic Europe - Phor1e 32 -9- 381 -1500 - Fax-32-9-380-4438- e-mail. viceuroC vrctaulic be Victaulic America Latina- Phone 610 -559 -3300 - Fax: 610 -SS9 -3608 - e-mail: vrcakiNctaulic.com VILTauIIC Asia Pacific- Phone 86- 21- S88551S1- Fax B6 -21- 58851298- e-mail vicapcvlclauliccom Sib RE'. '' 10.02 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 grade 6545 -12 Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395 grade 65 -45 -15 Is available upon special request Housing Coating: Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: • Grade "E" EPDM - Type A Vic -Plus Gasket System A (Violet color code) FireLock products have been Listed by UndCn?.Titers Laboratories Inc and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure Us- ing the Grade 'E Type A Vic -Plus Gasket System requiring no field lubrication for most installation condi dons For dry services. Victaullc continues to recommend the use of Grade E Type A FlushSeal' Gasket Contact Victaulc for details Bofts/Nuts: Heat - treated plated carbon steel trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A -449 and physical requirements of ASTM A -183 A Siamidrd gaska and FiusnSeal gaycei aporo<ed to, dry pip.: sys:,n'.!;, 40 i =t! G Base, or, typicdi pp.-, t t =e ccnde.ons Sunp'errxtntal lubr:can; .s tern -wuend _-d `:x S: w_ es wslawd beloh 0 F 1, 18 Cl ano for a!, dry pipe ;ys:etrs or systems,, ba scolec :e,: to air tests rxior to oemg idled with water Supplemental iubr..cabon may also rae r,luaed or pipe with raised of urdec-m weid scams ,x pipe that Is •; oHJs and;w cracks at thin l;e'd sc 9ms V!Claik- co r-urts to reco rend the lest- u( V UshSeal .jackels fo d,y 5Hwfl^ LISTINGS /APPROVALS The information provided below Is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaullc for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Rated Ww" Pressure - PSI Rated Work" Pies stm - PSI Rated Wwk" Nmure - PSI Pipe Sch. Six Inches UL ULC FU Pipe Sch. Size Inches UL ULC FM Pipe Sch. Size k!cties UL ULC FM 5 "/: 3 175 175 175 LI 1 'l 2 300 WA NA MI 1 :, - 2 300 N;A WA I V. � 4 350 350 350 1 1 Vi, � 2 300 NIA NIA SIT 1 ?, � 4 N/A NIA 30C 10. 40 5-8 300 300 300 1/ '1.6 300? W'A 300 Steady fhd 1'1, 1 NIA WA 300 BLi 1'/, - 2 300 300 NIA I 1 1':, 4 NIA WA 300 TI­ 3 -8 NIA WA 300 DF 1 Y, - 4 300 300 300 GAL -7 17, 2 300 WA NIA WLS 1 ;, - 2 300 300 NIA Di 1 1,- 2 300 300 NIA Mt l t /, 2 300 WA NIA Xt 1 i, - 3 300 300 300 EF t'I - 4 1759 NIA 175 MF 1 i_4 4 300 WA 300' FM apraroved for semce in l it - 4- pipe a UL Listed for service up to 4- pipe only coul t fisted for service up to 3- only PIPE SCHEDULE NOTES: 5 refers to ListetVAppr wed Schedule 5 feel spunkier pipe 10 refers to LisledlApproved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe 40 refers to LrstedlApproved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe BL T refers to Listed steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allred Tube & Conduit DF refers to LisledlApproved Dyna -Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit D; refers to l idled Dyna Thread steel sprinkler pipe manufar lured by Allred Tuba & Condwl U refers to I ted /Approved Eddy Flow steel spin nkler pipe manufactured by Bull Mouse _' uhe Co EL refers to Listed Eddylile steel sprinkler pipe manufactuted by Ball Moose Tube Co F f refers to L'sled Eddylnread 40 steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Bun Moose Tube: Co EI refers to Listed EI-F low stee! sZxmklef pipe: manwfactured by Northwes! Pipe & Casing t'o FF refers to Listed Fie -Flo steel sprinkler pipe mawfaclured Ely Youngst(AW fu'v Co. GAT -7 refers to t nsled stet" sprink :e• pipe manufactured oy 001) Systems. LT C MI 1 refers to! -sled steel gx'nk1t r pipe: manufactred by Wheatland fub,- Company MT refer, to I rcled Mega-Flo:•: steel sprinkler pipe martartored by Whealiand f1.M• Ccmoa•-T Fa l refers m ! idled Meqa- Thread s :ee sprint. it.­:: Ly W'heat&,- - J SlT Wes to Listed Steady FTor : steel spnn.J -ii- ,AVS Tub- a'`,: Steady Threa.; reter. to Aprip:oe,,. A \, ^pp ar.t�r T+ refers to lux -Fbv: si�el s, ... ... .. • C r:•`e'. h' i i5ied v�,: xoe..:' ... - . _ ... , .. .. .. - X ptf2r. i t sled X, or X- - - -- NOTES - - - - - -- -- AASI a i p,;;,- wdz : roll Y cut I, I r%- p ,si'le -13r be 111, . ;0 ' .. Ind d Y"! i.:, r -...r:.omm, ..." xr 0 NL,rrrx'rof :.!;.cqu_ b'eVi.^ V e':• :: • t alts ., ,.,,!O�r.' �� ::, ,..:,.........D.^� 7•a +' r iut�i.! t `.:inter:. i. fCr 3Cidds : 'iY c i} .... - 1 c• WIS and .PL' A. , w:,..;. 12 B -:' '.Aar M1' D.i evsur•: e did d: a n the• p,i q sy.r P_m r_+ :c : , w a:7w wy 'r :r. f c i`ipr-q P70': t- -',!s p••kluct Shat! he ^'a -lufar lureo oy Vic:a ii c Coin'; •,i; ,U : ,.::... ..•-..c• r•• ngdlled 'i ac! ofd,r'c min i :ire ^t :1.:au n,z : 310^ .•.��.,m;;:y u,;;.:::.;r•,. t ! iclaulic h•.er,•eS the r.ght In cl•antw nrodw i .:] e{ v _.",! ,.an•7a'e1 :'grapm -•n: Y:rthDtli rhd �' .7 `•1 w, ., ,i r'�.f' r )I �tjdt -'lr —_ _- - -� Style 005 FireLock ` Rigid Coupling FITTINGS . . .4 Division a /SVar Pile Prnlacn - h - n U� 4 FM ► ' O USTEO USED FPPR-WED CAST •, 9' DEGREE ELBOW RED. COUPLING NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE i MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT A ! B EACH PIECE 1 CB90033 300 1.50 1.50 0.95 1114 C890044 300 1.75 1.75 1.34 1112 C890055 300 1.94 1.94 1.80 2 CB90066 300 1 2.25 1 2.25 1 2.90 A t CAST / RED. 90 DEG. ELB NN' CAST IRON RED. COUPLING MAX. WORKING P.S.I. NOMINAL ITEM MAX. DIMENSION WEIGHT SIZE CODE WORKING EACH (INCH) 0 P.S_I. A PIECE 1X112 CRC031 300 1.70 0.62 1X314 CRC032 300 1.70 0.80 A t CAST / RED. 90 DEG. ELB NN' NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE 8 MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSIONS WBGHT EACH PIECE A B 1X112 CB90031 300 1.26 1.36 0.64 1X314 CB90032 300 1.37 1.45 0.87 1114X112 CB90041 300 1.34 1.53 0.96 11/4X314 CB90042 300 1.45 1.62 1.13 11/4X1 C690043 300 1.58 1.67 1.16 11/2X1 CB90053 300 1.65 1.80 1.51 1 1/2X1 114 CB90054 300 1.82 1.88 1.62 2X1/2 CB90061 300 1.49 1.88 2.00 2X314 C690062 300 1.60 1.97 2.05 2X1 CB900631 300 1.73 2.02 2.10 2X1114 C690064 300 1.90 2.10 2.30 2X11/2 CB900651 300 2.02 2.16 1 2.60 CAST IRON SUBMITTAL SHEET C99.1 CAST NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) IRON ITEM CODE x • , NOT— WORKING P.S.I. A B WEIGHT ! EACH PIECE 1 CT333 300 1.50 1.50 1.21 1114 CT444 300 1.75 1.75 1.87 1112 CT555 300 1.94 1.94 2.51 2 CT666 1 300 1 2.25 2.25 3.96 CAST IRON 45 DEGREE DIMENSION WEIGHT EACH A PIECE iO CPL001 NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE II MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSIONS A B WEIGHT EACH PIECE i C845033 300 1.12 1.12 0.84 1114 C845044 300 1.29 1.29 1.40 1112 CB450551 300 1.43 1.43 1.80 2 CB450661 300 1.68 1.68 2.79 •S { i CAST NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) IRON PLUGS ITEM CODE M MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSION WEIGHT EACH A PIECE 112 CPL001 300 0.94 0.10 314 CPI-002 300 1.07 0.17 1 CPL 003 300 1.25 0.28 1114 CPL004 300 1.36 0.44 1112 CPI-005 300 1.45 0.62 2 CPI-006 300 1.56 0.91 Submitted bv: Date: - Approved b� - -- - Date: For installation on the project 13v: contractor 4018 WESTHOLLOW PARKWAI' HOUSTON. TEXAS 77082 TOIL FREE: 888- 861- STAR.'FEL: 281 -558- 3000. FA\: 281 - 558 - 9000 p FITTINGS ,. .4 Dnision of Star Pips Products C U� t FM 10- LISTED LISED APPROVED CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS SPECIFICATION: ASTNI A -126 All cast iron scre%%ed fittings meet or exceeds materials confirming to ASTM A -126. ANSPASNIE B16.4 CLASS 125 Cast iron threaded fittings dimensions conform to ANSPASTM 1116.4 (LASS 125. ANSI /ASIIIE 131.20.1 All cast iron threaded fittings are NPT standard conforming to ANSVASME B 1.20.1 CAST IRON SUBMITTAL SHEET C99.1 CAST IRON REDUCING NOMINAL ITEM MAX. SIZE CODE WORKING (INCH) 8 P.S.I. TEE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT, EACH j A B C PIECE lXlX112 CT331 N , 1.26 1.26 1.36 1 H 1X1X314 CT332 300 CAST IRON SUBMITTAL SHEET C99.1 CAST IRON REDUCING NOMINAL ITEM MAX. SIZE CODE WORKING (INCH) 8 P.S.I. TEE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT, EACH j A B C PIECE lXlX112 CT331 300 1.26 1.26 1.36 1 0.95 1X1X314 CT332 300 1.37 1.37 1.45 1.10-1, 1X112X1 CT313 300 1.50 1.36 1.50 1.08 ' 1X3/4X1 CT323 300 1.50 1.45 1.50 1 -18 1X1X11 /4 CT334 300 1.67 1.67 1.58 1.52 1X1X11 /2 CT335 300 1.60 1.80 1.65 1 -73 11/4X1X1/2 CT431 300 1.34 1.26 1.53 1.17 1 11/4X1X3/4 CT432 300 1.45 1.37 1.62 1.38 11/4X1X1 CT433 300 1.58 1.50 1.57 1.47 1114XIX11/4 CT434 300 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.80 I114XIXI112 CT435 300 1.88 1.80 1.82 2.05 1114X1114X112 CT441 300 1.34 1.34 1.53 1.37 11/4X11/4X3/4 CT442 300 1.4S 1.45 1.62 1.54 I114X1114XI CT443 300 1.58 1.58 1.67 1.65 I114XI1/4X1112 CT445 300 1.88 1.88 1.82 2.21 1114X11/4X2 CT446 300 2.10 2.10 1.90 2.55 11/2X1X112 CTS31 300 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.41 1112X1X3/4 CT 532 300 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.65 11 12X1X7 CT533 300 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.65 1112X1X11/4 CTS34 300 1.82 1.67 1.88 2.00 1112XIIX1112 CTS35 300 1.94 1.80 1.94 2 -30 11/ZX1114X112 CTS41 300 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.58 I1/2X1114X314 CTS42 300 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.72 I112XI114XI CTS43 300 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.85 I112X1114X2 CT546 300 2.16 2.10 2.02 2.80 11/ZX1112X112 CTS51 300 1.41 1.41 1.66 1.76 11/2X11/2X314 CTS52 300 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.8T I112XI112XI CTS53 300 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.94 I112X1112X1114 CT554 300 1.82 1 1.82 1.88 2.29 j 1112X11/2X2 CT556 300 2.16 2.16 2.02 3.28 2X1X2 CT636 300 2.25 2.02 2.25 3.40 2X1 1/4X2 CT646 300 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.80 2X1 112X112 CT6S1 300 1.49 1.41 1.88 2.09 2X1 1/2X3/4 CT652 300 1.60 1.52 1.97 2.40 2X1112XI CT653 300 1.73 1.65 2.02 2.54 2X1112XI114 CT654 300 1.90 1.82 2.10 2.85 2X11/2X1112 CT655 300 1.49 1.41 1.88 2.24 2X1 1/2X2 CT656 300 2.25 2.16 2.25 3.75 2X2.X1 /2 CT661 300 1.49 1.49 1.88 2.60 2X2X314 CT662 300 1.60 1.60 1.97 2.71 2XZX1 CT663 300 1.73 1.73 2.02 2.97 2X2X11/4 CT664 300 1.90 1.90 2.10 3.32 2X2X1112 CT66S 300 2.02 2.02 2.16 3.72 CAST NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) IRON ITBA CODE I CROSS MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT EACH A B PIECE 1 CX033 300 1.50 1.50 1.54 1114 CX044 300 1.75 1.75 2.40 1112 CXOSS 300 1.94 1.94 3.10 2 CX066 300 2.25 2.25 4.00 11/4X1 CX043 300 1.58 1.67 2.05 1112X1 CXOS3 300 1.65 1.80 1 2.40 ZX1 CX063 300 1.73 2.02 2.75 4018 WESI'II0tA,0 \V PA12KNVAl' IIOUST0N. TEXAS 77082 STAR""'FITTINGS A Division of Sur Pipe Products, L.P. PLUG CI CPI-001 112 1.15 CPL002 314 1.28 _TREADED FITTINGS SFIT.98 QUANTITY I WEIGHT ICARTONS I PLT. CARTON I PLT. I CARTON I PLT. ACROSS CI 1000 CPI-003 1 1.28 43 CPI-004 CPLOOS 1 114 2.08 2.93 1112 45 CPI-006 2 3.43 ACROSS CI 1000 40.000 I 85 3 400 43 600 24,000 102 4,080 45 300 12.000 70 2.800 48 180 7,200 75 3.000 48 140 5,600 87 3.480 48 80 3,200 64 2,560 48 CX033 1 13.45 CM044 - - 1 114 18.97 0055 1112 25.73 CX066 2 34.06 0043 1 114X1 114X1X1 21.08 CX053 1 112X II 112X 1 X 1 25.07 CXD63 2X2X1X1 34.32 :BULL HEAD TEE CI I 42 1.680 48 1.920 48 22 880 50 2.000 48 17 680 41 1,640 48 12 320 35 1.400 48 28 1,120 50 2,000 48 18 720 51 2.040 48 16 640 42 1,680 48 CT334 1X1X1114 9.41 CT335 1X1X1112 13.55 CT435 1 114X1 X1 112 14.54 CT445 1 114X 1 114X 1 112 14.54 CT446 1 114X1 114X2 20.20 - - CT546 1 112X1 114X2 22.28 CT556 1 112X1 112X2 15.91 42 1.680 62 2,480 48 34 1,360 52 2,080 48 27 1,296 55 2,640 48 24 960 48 1,920 48 20 800 46 1,840 48 17 680 46 1,840 48 17 680 47 1,880 48 COUPLING DI DCL033 1 3.65 140 6,720 75 3.600 48 DCLO44 1114 4.68 90 4,320 72 3.456 4B J DCLO55 1112 6.26 56 2.688 59 2.832 48 DCLO66 2 9.22 36 1,728 65 3.120 43 CAP 01 DCP003 1 2.50 200 9.600 64 3,072 48 DCP004 1114 3.22 130 6,240 65 3.120 48 DCP005 1112 4.42 96 4,608 65 3.120 48 DCP006 2 6.59 72 3.456 75 3.600 48 NOTE ON ORDERS RECEIVED FOR THREADED PRODUCTS IN LESS THAN CARTON QUANTITIES. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO ADJUST TO THE NEXT CARTON QUANTITY ABOVE THE NUMBER OF PIECES SHOWN ON THE ORDER Tel: (800) 999 -3009, (281) 558 -3000, Fax: (281) 558 -9000 I'ai-,e 20 MODEL 1000 3/411 1 11 11147 1 1121 211 • The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1000 TESTANDRAIN Provides Both The Test Function And The Express Drain Function For A Wet Fire Sprinkler System. • The Model 1000 Complies With All Requirements Of NFPA -13, NFPA -13R, And NFPA -13D. • The Model 1000 TESTANDRAIN Is A Single Handle Ball Valve That Is Light Weight And Compact, Includes A Tamper Resistant Test Orifice, Integral Tamper Resistant Sight Glasses, And Is 300 PSI Rated. • Available In A Full Range Of Sizes From 3 /4" To 2" NPT & BSPT, With All Specifiable Orifice Sizes 3 /8", 7/16 ", 1/2 ", 17/32 ", 5 /8" (ELO), 3 1d' (ESFR) and K.25. • The Orifice Size Is Noted On The Indicator Plate And The Valve Is Tapped For A Pressure Gauge. • The Standard Model 1000 TESTANDRAIN Valve Includes A Pressure Gauge Port Tapping And Can Be Ordered With A Relief Valve As A Model 1011 Or 1011 T • Locking Kit Available Which Provides Superior Vandal Resistance And Prevents Unintentional Alarm Activation. 0uk out New Aufacq G� Visit us Gre on the Internet at �� U FM MODEL 1000 300 PSI �� DC TRUmDRAIN,. 3/41t 1 11 PLAN VIEW FRONT VIEW /HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION ORIFICE SIZE AVAILABLE - 3/8-,17/16". 1/2", 17/32", ELO(5/8'), ESFR(3 /4))' and K.25 " Avallc"e on 1112" to 2" size unRs only. DIMENSIONS - INCHES 11/4!1 11/211 211 FRONT VIEW/VERTICAL INSTALLATION FROM BRANCH GAUGE INLET f PROVIDED E STREET EL TO DRAIN STREET EL OR PIPE TO DRAIN 1 RIGHT HAND /STRAIGHT INSTALLATION APPROVALS: UL and ULC Listed J FM Approved except 3/4" i NYC -BSA NO.720 -87 -SM CA. State Fire Marshall SIZE A B C D E F G SIGHT GLASS VALVE SEAT 3/4 5 12srtrn 1/2m /65m 312 /3mrn 34" 45"30 3,. bn S2S.3 n 435 9 7im m 12nvn r634" It 5/I6 1 '/2" 2 3/16" 3 S/6" 3 34" 1 13/16" 4 9/16" 124crm 37.S6mrn 55.65mm f&323mm u.SMnm t5 -30mm 117.Ihrm 5 7/16" 1 11/16" 2 She 4 1/4" 3 5/16" 1 15/16" 5 9/16" t37.7Q vn 4270mn 4S.36mm 106.36nvn 9194nm 50.19mm 141.39mm 192.20cTMn 1 1/2n 6 7/16" 1 1166" 3 116" 5'/16" 3 7 /8" 2 54" 8 114" 10 7 /6n 163 -36mn 45 -$Omn 61.6orrn 127mm 99.I&wn 66.97mn 206.63mm 273.60rm 211 6 7116" 1 11/16" 3 1/4" 5'/16" 3 7/3" 2 S /8" 8 114" 10 7/6" 163 -36"" 45.50 n 61.SOmm I27mm 99.I&rrm 66.97mm ZM&3nn 273.60mm MATERIAL LIST PART: MATERIAL: HANDLE STEEL STEM ROD BRASS BALL C.P. BRONZE BODY BROMEE SIGHT GLASS VALVE SEAT LEXANO IMPREGNATED TEFLON INDICATOR PLATE STEEL HANDLE LOCK SPRING STEEL ' " 3/4" Valve UL fisted onty. OTHER USA PATENT AND UL USTING EX4019 AGF Manufacturing Inc. JOB NAME: 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern PA 19155 T: (610) 240 -4900 / F: (610) 240 -4906 ARCHITECT: Email. r,toatintand.an.co ENGINEER: Web: www.lestam"mcom MADE IN U.S.A. CONTRACTOR: 0 P PACK w TESTr00 V .. ee.w v.e...w, w AGr -- - - - --  - 3/02 INDOOR /OUTDOOR butterball ® BUTTERFLY VALVES VALVES LESS SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY - -c E_ _ - r. - ' -D- - - A - - G - - G - BBVSC100 1B13VSC100 3 piece with Uni -body with BB -SC100 (Threaded Ends) Grooved Ends Grooved Ends Sizes 1 ", 1 -1/4 ", 1 -1/2 ", 2 ",2 -1/2" Size 2" Size 2 -1/2" VALVES WITH SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY _ 3- :,- _ ciF� ow mold L .. r -C- C� P - THREADED ENDS NYC INDICATOR BB -SCS02 (Available on both switched BBVSCS02 BBVSCS02 and non - switched models.i 3 piece with Uni -body with ALL DIMENSIONS- INCHES Grooved Ends Grooved Ends t Size 2" Size 2 -1/2" Threaded Grooved SIZE 1' 1 -1I4" 1.1/2" 2" SIZE 2" 2 -1/2" A 2 -1,b 2 -5/8 2 - 71E 3 -1,4 A - 4 -''!8 __ 6 13 -15!16 a -9'32 ! 4 -,i2 5 B 5 5 -1132 C! 1 -9116 1- 15716: 2 -3/16 2 -3.4 ' C ' 2 -3/4 i 3 -3 -6 D 1 -2332 2 -7164 2 -M , 3 -1116 D 3-1116 1 3 -1/2 J 4 -15116 5 -118 5 -19132 6 -118 ! E 518 1 15,16 K 1 66 .73 1 73 79 F 516 5;8 -L 83 90 99 1,41 I G 6_ 4 -' 2 __ t0 i 1.05 1.38 1 61 2.07 H 2 -318 2 -713 M-80;b1 9e 1.28 1.50 1.94 1 6 -1,8 6 -1/4 MATERIAL LIST WF 5 2 I 25 2.zs K 79 1.18 1 NO. PART MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 1 -1 /4 11-13/3211-11116 L 1 41 ! 1.29 ' Indicator Sintered Iron F0008P M-40 ARE DIMENSIONS USING SCHEDULE MAC 2.07 2.47 j - - - -- 40 PIPE M Eo 1 9= 2.32 2 Housing Bronze ASTM 584 M-80 ARE DIMENSIONS USING S--I EDJLE N 40 2 25 1 J 3 Body { Bronze ASTM 584 80 PIPE w 1 -3'a 4 Handle --* Brass N-40ISFLOW RESIST4NCEEXPRESSED:N i EOUIVALENT LENGT1i 0= SC- IEDULE 5 DISC i Stainless Steel ! Type 304 40 PIPE 6 Disc Seal EPDM Elastomer w a rrE wR_ncH n1aE -JP LENGTH J 7 Switch Housing Die Cast Aluminum Rev. 1 FS -ONE Technical Data At 7311' f232Cl and 50% relative humidity Chemical basis Water -based nCmescent ac^r1Fc oispers+or. Density AApprm 1.5 Wan' Color Red Working Sme Approx 2030 rrtr Curing Saw Approx- 2 rr.m 3 days _ Shore A Hardness Approx 50 Movement capability Approx. 5% Indumesant Activation AA" 482•F (250•C) rate (unrestricted): -- - UP to 3 -5 times original volume Umpmttffv resistance (Cured) -- - -40•F to 212•F (-40•C to 100•C) Application temperature - -- 41 •F to 104'F (5°C b 40 °C) Srrtace burning Characteristics -- (ASTM E 84-96) Flame Spread: 0 Snake Development 5 Sound transmission classification (ASTM E 90-99) 56 Amirials IC80 Evaluation Service, Inc. Report No. 5071 California State Fire Marshal Listing No. 4485 - 1200.108 city of New York MEA 326 -96 -M Vol. N Tested in accordance with • UL 1479 • ASTM E 814 • ASTM E 84 Internationally tested and approved ss" fu 9aFO 0R Gin rwEMxl ° rOIF �/Y M ItNOx]F 1{r[t MiKM C R'ESrOP MtTkC YF U Fir RySLw_j M'ism cb. - FM APPROVED at{t[r COYPATIOLF © latest product information www.us.hith corn ® ordering information see page: 30 FS -ONE High Performance Intumescent Firestop Sealant 9yslan Advantage / Customer Eanefts • ROAM most typical fireslop penetration ap mllions • Easy b work wife and fast dean up • Can be repenetrated when layxg new cables • Can be painted Product description • Intumescent texpands titer. exaosed Ic fire: hrestoc seaia -t that helps protect coma usbb!e anid ror combusl!ole p nerz Urns for up to 4 tft, s fire rating Product katures • Snake. gas and water r _rail af•,e:: e2 erz has Cur?C • Contains no halogen sofvenN or asbestos • High fire rating properties • Wa!er basec. easy tc Ciean Areas of application • S!eei COVD, -' a "d E `.r p,D3 • insul?ted steel a d COW-, PP125 • Cattle b;:nd'a: • Closee Or .e':!ec walk. cFc•'� • MJAC Denetra:Icrs For use with • Concrete masonry. drywall and wood floor assemones • Wall and floor assemblies rated up to 4 tour; Examples • Sealing around plastic pipe penetrations in fire rated construction • Sealing around combustible and ran -cw bwbble penetrations in fire rated construction Installation Instructions for FS-ONE 1 bean the opening Surfaces to which FS -ONE will be applied should be cleaned of loose Hubris. dirt. oil moisture, frost and wax Structures supporting penetrating ifems must be installed in compliance with local building and electrical standards Application of firestop sealant 2 Install the prescribed badkfifling material type and depth to obtain the desired rating fit required), Leave sufficient depth for applying FS-ONE 3. Application of hieslop sealant Apply FS-ONE to Die required depth in order to obtain the desired fire rating Make sure FS-ONE contacts an surfaces to provide' maximum adhesion- For application of FS-ONE use a standard caulking gun. foil pack gun. buk loader and bulk gun. With FS-ONE buckets. Graco type sealant pumps may be used. (Conlad pump manufacturer for proper selection). 4 Smoothing of fveslop sealant. To complete the seal. tool immediately to give a smooth appearance Excess sealant. prior to cutting, can be cleaned away from adjacent surfaces and tools with water 5 leave completed seal undisturbed for 48 tours 6 For maintenance reasons. a penetration seal could be permanently marked with an identification plate In such a case. mark the identification DUle and faster` it in a visible position next to the sea; 1-0 l I peon opening 2 Pack mineral wool. FNrepuired, Notice about approvals • Check that the penetration has been sealed according to the specilfed drawing in the LL Fire Resistance Direckxi of Hilti Firestop Manual Fa lurth et advice please contact Hilti customer service Refer to Hilli prockx:t literature and u fire resistance direclay for sla-'r:itr: application details Not for ruse... • High movement expansion pints • Underwater • ar materials where al, plaMicizers or solvents may bleed i.e. impregnated wood, al based seals. green or partially vulcanized rubber • In any penetration offer than those speaficalli described in ttris manual or the test reports Safety precautions • Before handling, read the product and Material Safety. Data Sheet for detailed use and health information • Keep out of reach of cfrAdren • Wear suitable gloves and eye protection Storage • Store only in the original packaging in a location protected from moisture at tempiaratures between 40'F (5'C) and 86'F (3WO • Observe expraW dale on the packagmg 3 Apoy FSOVE 4 Smoohh FS-ONE 5. !rate corrgkfenl 6. Fasten dmM- sed whAxte0 for caion plate (A 48 doors requro I Cwn Operury 2 fta fflowaf KtkV IMreQurred, 3 Apply FS-Off 4 Smooth FS -ONF. 5 Leave cw#e �d 6. Fasten rdentrrrca 16 � .' _ i Saving Lives t uuua - ., o-itm S ri:,c,t' n, Hilti Firestop Guide 2003 -2004 n; seal wi&Art4'd hr ton prate rd 13 tkxrt required) 1 -800- 879 -8000 www.us.hilti.com PIPE RINGS Fig. 69 Adjustable Swivel RingJapped Per NFPA Standards Size Range: '12' through 8- Material: Carbon steel Finish: J Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non - insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 650° F Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A- A -1192A (Type 101 WW-H- 171-E (Type 10) and MSS-SP -69 (Type 10) UL Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3i:' - 8') Features: • Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged • Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. • Captured swivel nut in the 112* through 3' sizes. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. I A Fig. 69: Loads (Ibs) • Weight (Ibs) • Dimensions (in) Pipe Size Max Load Weight Rod Size A 6 C F 1/2 0.10 — - 21/s 2 19116 F ?�+ 0.10 23/4 1A 1'VIS Project: Date: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: 1 1 0.10 29/16 300 1 '/a 11/4 1' /e 0.10 25x6 1'/2 I 13/16 0.10 3/S 23/4 2 19%15 � 0.11 31/4 2'/2 21/4 0.20 4 j 525 3 0.20 313/16 4 650 0 -30 411/16 5 0.54 55/16 6 1.000 0.65 "2 611/16 8 1 00 8 Pipe Hanger Submittal Sheet Architect / Engineer: Phone: 11'/16 1 1 '/a 23/a 1' /e 23/4 I 15/16 2i5/16 I 13/16 3t3/16 19%15 � 4 V 5t`15 21/4 7 211/16 Approval Stamp: HANGER RODS Fig. 146 Continuous Threaded Rod Size Range: 1/4' through 1'h' Stocked in six. ten. and twelve toot lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order Material: carbon steer rod m ended I complete length - Finish: J Plain or J Galvanized. Maximum Temperature: 650° F. Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length figure number name and finish- - - -- - -- - Fig. 146: Loads (Ibs) • Weights (Ibs) Dimensions (in) Rod Threads Max Load Weight Size A per Inch 650- F per Ft. - 20 240 012 - -- length — -- — --► 16 730 0 30 112 13 1.350 053 518 11 2.160 014 A 3/4 10 3.230 1.20 '/e 9 4.480 1 70 1 8 5.900 210 1'/4 7 9.500 3.60 1'/1 6 13.800 510 I Note Other rod sizes available upon request Class 2 fit is available upon request. Pipe Hanger Submittal Sheet Project: Architect / Engineer: Approval Stamp: Date: Phone - - -- - -- - -- Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: 4 &MERITO Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let® Welding Outlet Fittings Unified DesignTM Series Merit's Unified Design Series carries all important design considerations into its entire line of welding branch outlet fittings. I Merif' Weld- Misern" Tee -Lets' are designed and Manufactured to reduce the amount of weld required to install the Tee -Lets on thin wall or proprietary flow pipe. Typically only one weld -pass completes the installation. Merit Tee -Lets install with less weld volume than any other brand of welding outlet fittings for fire sprinkler applications. To accomplish this: • The contoured end of the fittings employs a reduced outside diameter. Two major advantages are immediately apparent • The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the branch line or main thereby insuring complete penetration without cold welds, weld roll -off, bum - through or excessive distortion. I • On smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on the threaded end of the fitting. This protects the threads from damage during shipping and handling prior to installation as well as from weld distortion. • Each outlet size 1'h' and larger, whether mate or female threaded, cut grooved or beveled requires the same hole size in the header pipe. This simplifies the installation process. General Specifications • Tee -Let welding outlet fittings are manufactured from highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A -53, Grades A or B, Type E. Ease of installation is assured when automatic welding equipment is used to install Merit Tee -Lets. • Threads are cut in accordance with the requirements of ANSI 81.20.1, national standard for tapered pipe threads, or ISO -7-1 threads are available. • Tee -Let threaded and grooved welding outlet fittings are UUULC Listed and FM Approved for use in the fire sprinlder systems installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA Bulletin 13. They are rated for 300 PSI operation in fire sprinider systems, and higher pressures in other non -critical piping systems. • Tee -Lets are offered in a wide variety of header sizes. The consoNdated header sizes shown in the following charts allow the fittings to be installed on more than one header size, permitting the first size listed to fit the header perfectly, while a small gap along the longitudinal center line of the header will appear for the second size listed. • Merit' Weld- Miser"m Tee - Lets" are identified by a lot number that provides full traceability per ISO 9000 specifications. For Your Piping Systems Specify Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let° Branch Outlet Fittings shall be Merft Weld -Miser Tee -Let, Lightweight forged steel, employing low weld volume profile to provide for full penetration welds with minimum bum through and pipe distortion on Schedule 5 thru 10, proprietary thin wall, and standard wall pipe. Threads are to be ANSI 81.20.1, or ISO -7 -1, and the bore of the fittings calculated to improve flow. Welding outlets to be UL Listed, FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA, Bulletin 13 and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum. How to Order - Use either of the following methods for ordering Merit® Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let ®. Method No.1 Specify quantity desired followed by the part number shown in the "dimensions" chart for the type and size of outlet desired. Quantity Part Number —2— Method No. 2 Use the following system A—My-CStar- F- P -,,.. ,_ : nni.,, Type Merit Steel _ X Quantity 1 Outlet Size Header Size 1 l Weight End Tee -`et MaLrial l 1 Always Column ..A. Insert size Sch 10 A Female Thread order a few of Chart consolidation Standard B - Male Thread more than from Column C - Cut Groove actually B.. of chart DR - Roll Groove required for the fob A—My-CStar- F- P -,,.. ,_ : nni.,, 4t'ELRIT, Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let® Welding Outlet Fittings For Fire Protection & Other Low Pressure Piping Systems Merit Weld- Miser"' Tee -Let' Welding Branch Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength, low cost forged threaded and grooved line of fittings spe- cifically designed and manufactured to be installed on Schedules 5 thru 10. proprietary thin wall flow pipe and standard wall pipe. Merit Tee -Lets are forged steel welding outlet fittings. The material used in manufacture meets the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A 53, Grades A or B, Type E, A -135, A -795, Tee -Lets employ a low weld volume design to provide for either a partial or full penetration weld employing a single pass with rnirhimum bum - through and pipe distortion. Weld Miser Tee -Lets are recommended for use on proprietary thin wall, Schedules 5. 10 and 40 pipe. Threads compty with ANSI 61.20.1 or IS07/1. They are UL Listed and FM Approved for use conforming to the requirements of Bulletin 13 1999 of the National Fire Protection Association. When used in fire sprinkler systems, Tee -Lets are rated for 300 psi. When used in mechanical systems, maximum pressures are calculated using criteria de- veloped for ASME 931 piping code. UL FM O LC APPROVED Ovttet Model 60 Ow" PW IKh (Ir4kl Header Pip tip Rated P.essare pod) (Pslg) Tee -Let Type A (F- Threaded End) I& 3A, 1 1 V4.114. 2.214.3.4 hh - 8 (Sch .10, 40) 300 V2 - 4 (Sch 5, DymRow) 2 4 (Q -Flow) 2, 4 6 (Q -Flow) Tee -Let Type C (Grooved End) 11/4-8 1 iA 8 (Sch 10. 40) 300 2Y1 -8 1h 4 (Sch 5. Dynaflow) Tee -Let Type C/R (P,olI G. oved End) 1Y4 -6 1V4 8 (All Schedules) 300 1) Size -on -size (i.e. 2 x 2) Tee -Lets are not FM Approved, 2) FM rated working pressure when welded on Sch. 5 or non- threadabte Fightwall pipe is 175 psi. A - .Star_ - 3 - 4 &MERIM Weld- MiserTm Tee -Let® Welding Outlet Fittings M Manler men" 91111M e A Metal Head" t 1 Odd C Voile p MFate M �w Tack MPT(BSPT) le(.,m/ Jim M(mm) Le(mm) N(trim) Lk. (4y/ 1002002 1h x 114 8 1750 2.067 0.875 0.080 1005012 ,A x 1l4 - t 1h 1 063 0700 0.500 0171 1005015 11.4-2 1`063 0 700 0.500 0171 1005020 2 - 21h 1.063 0.700 0 500 0171 1005025 21h - 8 1 063 0 700 0,500 0169 1007012 3'4 x 11/4-114 1 125 0 900 0500 0.260 1007015 11h - 2 1.125 0.900 0500 0.260 1007020 2-214 1 125 0.900 0 500 0260 1007025 21h - 8 1 125 0 900 0.500 0256 1010012 1x 114 - 11h 1.250 1 145 0S00 0.331 1010015 114-2 1 250 1 145 0 500 0.331 1010020 2 - 21h 1 250 1.145 0 500 '-0-32-0 8 1010025 21h - 3 1.250 1.145 0 500 0.314 1010030 3-4 1 250 1 145 0 500 0.309 1010050 5-8 1.250 1`145 0.500 0291 1012012 11/4 x 114 -11h 1.375 1 490 0.500 0.432 1012015 11h - 2 1 375 1 490 0,500 0.421 1012020 2-214 1.375 1 490 0 500 0.421 1012025 21h - 3 1 375 1 -490 0.500 0.411 1012030 3-4 T375 1 490 0 500 0.389 1012050 5-8 1 375 1 490 0 500 0.389 1015015 114 x 11h 1 625 1 -610 0 875 0 477 1015020 2 1 625 1 610 0 875 0 477 1015025 21h 1.625 1 610 0.875 0.477 1 015030 3- 4 1 625 1 610 0 875 0 477 1015040 4 1 625 1 610 0 875 0.477 1015050 5-8 1 625 1 610 0 875 0.477 -4- Type A Female Threa - - - - -� - - -B -- M Mwler 0611111111119 Oder A Mem" Ma/er t ()MENSIONS Deity LMO C & PART kid& Dfe1111114K 0 NUMBERS make of M Eacf MPT(BSPT) le(.,m/ Jim M(mm) Le(mm) N(trim) Lk. (4y/ 1020020 2 x 2 1750 2.067 0.875 0.857 1020025 21h 1 750 2 067 0 875 0.829 1020030 3 1 750 2067 0.875 0 829 1020040 4 1 750 2.067 0 875 0.800 1020050 5 1 750 2067 0 875 0 743 1020060 6 1 750 2067 0.875 0743 1020080 8 1750 2 -067 0.875 0]43 1025025 214 x 21h 2 215 2 469 1 125 1 250 1025030 3 2 -215 2.469 1.125 1.200 1025040 4 2 215 2 469 1 125 1 150 1025050 5 2 215 2 469 1 125 1 150 1025060 6 2.215 2.469 1.125 1 -150 1025080 8 2 215 2 469 1 125 1 150 1030030 3 x 3 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.750 1030040 4 2.500 3.068 1.500 1700 1030050 5 2 500 3 068 1 500 1 700 1030060 6 2 -500 3 068 1.500 1 650 1030080 8 2 500 3 068 1 500 1 650 1040040 4x 4 3 000 4 026 2000 3 000 1040050 5 3 000 4 026 2000 2 900 1040060 6 3 000 4 026 2000 2 800 1040080 8 3 000 4 026 2000 2800- Note Part 41002002 is not UL Listed or FM Approved All size -on -size (i e 2 x 2) Tee -Lets are not FM Approved ,&-Nv' star - Fim Products Dm : a-., &MERM - Weld- MiserTm Tee -Let® Installation (cost.) Welding Outlet Fittings Recommended Installation Procedures Merit Weld -Miser Tee -Let Welding Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured to reduce the cost of installa- tion from both the standpoint of labor required and energy consumed. In addition, by following the recommended in- staltation procedures, many of the problems associated with installing welding outlet fittings on standard weight or" weight pipe are eliminated, including burn through and excessive shrinkage resulting in pipe distortion. Recommended Hole Sizes The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be out prior or sub- sequent to attachment of the Tee -Let One advantage of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe a left ir>tad during welding thereby reducing shmkage and possible distortion. If holes are art prior to welding, as some codes require, then the following hole sizes are reconn needed. Note that he same hole diameter for a given outlet size is required for both Type A and Type C Tee -Lets 1 -1'k' larger. ''/2, Y, & 1 Outlet I I I I I 1'/, - 2'/2 Outlet Recommended Welding Procedures Merit Weld -Wiser Tee-Lets are designed to be installed on standard weight or fight weight pipe with one weld pass on Type A outlet sizes from 'k' through 2'k' inclu- sive, and on Type C outlet sizes trough 4'. Moreover, the wall thickness at he weld end of the fitting approximately malctm standard weiphtt pipe. Accordinpty, heat setting can be made to optimim penetration on boh he 966 and he pipe which it is being welded. Aside from reducing he ikekhood of bum hrouugh and distortion resulting from excessive heat, ft amount of weld required for adequate penetration is significantly reduced. Merit Tee -Lets are manufactured from continuous cast aluminum killed steel with a carbon range of from 0.05 to 0.25. Merit specifies that residuals, such as chrome, nickel and other metals resident in the scrap used for production of the steel be reported and kept to a minimum. On the other hand, certain grades of carbon steel pipe are manufactured from skelp whose chemical composition is not speci- fied. When the metal inert gas shield (MIG) welding process is employed, certain residuals may cause excessive porosity, spatter or lack of penetration. Specifically, gases released during the welding process do not escape before the molten puddle sets up. When porosity or lack of penetration occurs, one approach is to slightly increase the heat in order to give the gases time to escape from the puddle. A Aux cored wire can also be used. This wire contains scavengers which allow gases in the molten weld puddle to escape before the weld solidifies.The following reoorn- mended settings kx welding therefore may need to be adjusted slightly higher if any of the above mentioned adverse conditions exist_ As a general rule, the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to penetrate he materials being welded while conaornitantly allowing gases developed in the welding process to escape. Every effort t must be made to avoid welding loo hot or overheating both the pipe and the Tee -Let. Excessive heat may cause the wrench tight threads (those in the bottom of the Tee -Let near the weld zone) to distort while also causing the branch pipe b bend. It should be poled that Merit Tee -Lets have been subjected b exhaustive fisting and evaluation, and only r*gf- gibty disbrt when subjected to excessive heal The threads, on he other hand, may not return to their gauged forth after cooing t excessive heat causes there to expand- The following is intended only as a guide, and assumes that the welding equipment is properly calibrated and functioning norrnaNy, and the operator is quaffed. —8— RECOX,IENDED tee to sYe k,z—,T CF t:ELD b..Anm M.4= f Type A 'A Type A 'A 1 Type 1h lY Type 1Y foe 1% 1 ! Type A or C 14 2 Type A or C 2 2 f Type A or C 2-1. 3 Type A or C 3 RECOX,IENDED tee to sYe TV lNe�� Ib4 fie b..Anm M.4= f Type A 'A Type A 'A 1 Type 1h lY Type 1Y foe 1% 1 ! Type A or C 14 2 Type A or C 2 2 f Type A or C 2-1. 3 Type A or C 3 4 Type A or C 4 Holes may he cut employing mechanical means — including hole saw,no rrwhanical flame cutting foxy- acetylene or propane! and air plasma cuttino (constic>Ed lugsten arc) mactwies Merit otlers a simple approach to cut - hM ft We t4ndfietd t nrvbl s are sQed to match yar plasma cutter ANVfLStar-- 4C'ERIT, Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let® Installation (coat.) Welding Outlet Fittings VAOd r sas tie via TM:kwu kK-ler "a k 1. a BKN& 116161 md AK_ VWk 1111fe teed Tnte1 sed e wWT x rox SPIN SPIN 2 0 N55 -2 0035 100 -130 16-20 210 25-30 2' 3 n 11715 17 -2' 270 2i0-25 0 109 f 2 0 035 110-140 18-22 220 25-30 2 = 4 0 035 124160 19-22 290 2ti25 2% 4 0 083 -2 0035 110 -140 17 -20 210 20-25 2/ - 4 0 035 120 -150 17 -20 270 20-25 0120 h -2 0035 120 -160 19-22 290 20-25 2'f- - 4 0035 130 -160 19-22 240 2425 5 -6 0 109 i - 2 0 035 120 -150 17 -20 210 20 -25 2'i - 4 0 035 130 -150 18-20 270 15-20 0134 r. -2 0035 130 -160 19-22 290 20-25 2/ -4 0035 140-160 20-22 270 15-20 2'4 - 4 0 045 180 -205 20-24 245 27 -32 8 0109 Y. 2 0035 120 -150 1720 240 20-25 2'/ -4 0035 130 -150 18-20 260 15 -20 2/4-4 4 0 045 170-220 18-22 290 12 -18 0148 f 2 0035 130 -160 19-22 240 20-25 2? 4 0035 130-160 20-22 260 15-20 2/ 4 0045 180-225 2424 290 12 -18 Shielding Gas Flow (FOR All sizEs) 20 -25 CFH 1 1 Co- - DmTer penetaion. W r wekNru low cost 2125% - Argon. 75% - Co;. %cormrerded for 134 wall and tghtet. tgh mdng spends wdhout melt through, mimmurn dfstoMon and s{atler. good penetration ,&_1Y_ LStar- F­ f'--H :a,[Ni:rn Merit assanoes a iaNk lot arty comeqvemtwl damage ranting kem be imprwa ow M Its k -Let weeny OsW Rftp. ant lot awf re mmedatim made wv& msaped lo knianabot pece6m. —9— Threading Practice r MERIT NPT THREAD FORM STANDARD NPT THREAD FORM Domestic Manufacture Increasingly, federal, state, municipal, and quasi municipal authorities require domestic content for fire sprinkler systems. Merit" Tee -Lets- meet these requirements. The need to maintain dual inventories-, one domestic-, one irnport is eliminated. Welding Practice When measured with respect to linear inches of weld required for installation, Tee -Lets require up to 15% less weld than competitive fittings. This reduces time and savings over time are substantial. The diameter of the contoured end of Type A Tee -Lets has been reduced so that the wall thickness more nearly matches the header or branch line pipe wall thickness. Therefore, current and voltage settings required for welding are set to provide for adequate penetration without bum through and cold shutting. Also, weld volume required for installation is lower for Tee -Lets than most other fittings. Typically, Tee -Lets re- quire one -weld pass for attachment. V, Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let® Installation Welding Outlet Fittings Tee-Let' thread form is consistent with Aeronautical National Form (ANPT) AS71051. The thread is fully formed over both the L-1 hand tight and L -3 wrench tight threads. NPT tapered threads are typically gauged only over the L -1 threads. This makes Tee -Lets more forgiv- ing of field cut threaded pipe that may only marginally conform to the specification. Fewer leaks translate into lower costs. Ease of Installation Merit Manufacturing Tee -Lets are designed to sit higher on the pipe. thereby requiring less weld and eliminating bum through. Tee -Lets sit higher on the header or branch line pipe than competitive fittings. This allows the welding torch to remain in an optimum position for welding. In addition, 1 W and larger Type A female threaded and Type C grooved Tee -Lets require the same hole size for installation. This re- sults in fewer change overs when installed using automatic welders. �— 2 650 — I r— 2 Ego 205 —1 325 'I 2' Competitive Fitting PRACTICE WELDING Oetlet MERIT WELD -MISER TEE -M «Ts" o.na sra rqy T4M Wmwh T101 L11- u Ei* Malt r• r" , n liiesfs ir. lire N. �,n lkva* Tr k aiThroids 14' 0 320 4 48 0 214 300 0 534 7 48 0 534 7 47 3'4 0 339 4 75 0 214 300 0 553 7 75 0 546 764 1 0 400 4 60 0 261 300 0 661 760 0.683 785 11/4, 0 420 4 83 0 261 300 0 681 783 0 707 8 13 1'h' 0 420 4 83 0 261 300 0.697 783 0 724 832 21 0436 501 0261 300 0706 801 0757 870 21& 0 682 546 0 250 2 00 0 932 7 46 1 138 9 10 3 0 766 6 13 0 250 200 1 016 8 13 1200 9.60 4 0844 675 i 0 250 200 1 094 8 75 1 300 j 10 40 Domestic Manufacture Increasingly, federal, state, municipal, and quasi municipal authorities require domestic content for fire sprinkler systems. Merit" Tee -Lets- meet these requirements. The need to maintain dual inventories-, one domestic-, one irnport is eliminated. Welding Practice When measured with respect to linear inches of weld required for installation, Tee -Lets require up to 15% less weld than competitive fittings. This reduces time and savings over time are substantial. The diameter of the contoured end of Type A Tee -Lets has been reduced so that the wall thickness more nearly matches the header or branch line pipe wall thickness. Therefore, current and voltage settings required for welding are set to provide for adequate penetration without bum through and cold shutting. Also, weld volume required for installation is lower for Tee -Lets than most other fittings. Typically, Tee -Lets re- quire one -weld pass for attachment. V, Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let® Installation Welding Outlet Fittings Tee-Let' thread form is consistent with Aeronautical National Form (ANPT) AS71051. The thread is fully formed over both the L-1 hand tight and L -3 wrench tight threads. NPT tapered threads are typically gauged only over the L -1 threads. This makes Tee -Lets more forgiv- ing of field cut threaded pipe that may only marginally conform to the specification. Fewer leaks translate into lower costs. Ease of Installation Merit Manufacturing Tee -Lets are designed to sit higher on the pipe. thereby requiring less weld and eliminating bum through. Tee -Lets sit higher on the header or branch line pipe than competitive fittings. This allows the welding torch to remain in an optimum position for welding. In addition, 1 W and larger Type A female threaded and Type C grooved Tee -Lets require the same hole size for installation. This re- sults in fewer change overs when installed using automatic welders. �— 2 650 — I r— 2 Ego 205 —1 325 'I 2' Competitive Fitting A—M-A-St,ar- -7 - PRACTICE WELDING Oetlet MERIT WELD -MISER TEE -M COMPETITIVE FITTING; Size WELDYDLUME' LINEAR WELDING tiELDCU!UME INEAFNELO!ND In. (MM) Cron Sec. Area %less 194MM) %less 1' 0 051 sq in 2 48 12 °w 0% 11/4" 0 032' 2 88 48% 4% i 1 h' 0 036' 3 12 40% 10% 2' 0 040' 377 62% 15% A—M-A-St,ar- -7 - Bt IMa%7ghraad Standard Weight 4CEkRm W Weld- MiserTm Tee -Let® Standard Weight Welding Outlet Fittings I< E c i B� 4 Male Tbmd Std. 01. Cd Green Nawinal Of" A Newiwl mud" 6 Outlet 1� IRSide Diameter 0 Odside Diameter E Will Thickness IF XPT(3S`j MPT(35F.') A.T,...7 an.( ^;) rr.p�;r.� k(,,; ( w.("") ILI; ) 1310012 2010012 1 X 11/4 - 1 1h 3 1 049 1 315 0 133 1310015 2010015 1 2 3 1 049 1 315 0 133 1310020 2010020 2- 21h 3 1 049 1 315 0 133 1310025 2010025 21h - 4 3 1 049 1 315 0 133 1310050 2010050 5- 8 3 1 049 1 315 0 133 1312012 2012012 11/4 X 11/4 3 1 368 1 660 0 140 1312015 2012015 1 1 3 1 368 1 660 0 140 1312020 2012020 2- 21h 3 1 368 1 660 0 140 1312025 2012025 3- 4 3 1 368 1 660 0 140 1312050 2012050 5- 8 3 1 368 1 660 0 140 1315015 2015015 1 x 1 1 3 1 610 1900 0 145 1315020 2015020 2 3 1 610 1 900 0 145 1315025 2015025 21h 3 1 610 1 900 0 145 1315030 2015030 3- 4 3 1 610 1 900 0 145 1315050 2015050 5- 8 3 1 610 1 900 0 145 1320020 2020020 2 X 2 3 2 067 2 375 0 154 1320025 2020025 214 3 2 067 2 375 0 154 1320030 2020030 3 3 2 067 2 375 0 154 1320035 2020035 4 3 2.067 2 375 0 154 1320050 2020050 5 3 2 067 2 375 0 154 1320060 2020060 5 3 2 067 2 375 0 154 1320080 2020080 8 3 2 067 2 375 0 154 Note Tee -Lets are manufactured to fit size -on -size that is the contoured shape on a given Tee -Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size It installed on the second header size marked on the fitting a slight gap of approximately t/e' will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header For example a 1' x 2 - 21h' Tee -Let is a 1' outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2' header size listed, whde leaving a'/V gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 214' size If a perfect fit is required for a 214' header pipe then a 1' X 214 - 3' Tee -Let would be ordered Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility A - W — V I L S t a r - - 5 - 4 em Weld- Miser Tm Tee -Let® Type B Welding Outlet Fittings SWWwdd Weight Type C Cut Groove Standard Weight Ir E A C F BI I� o •I BI Type Rot C/R , Groove Schedule 10 Note lee -Lets are manufactured to fit size -on -size that is the contoured shape on a given Tee -Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size if installed on the second header size marked on the fitting. a slight gap of approximately 1/32'vnll appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header For example. a 1' x 2 - 21/z' Tee -Let, is a 1' oullel fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2' header size listed. while leaving a W' gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 2Vt size If a perfect fit is required for a 2r/t' header pipe, then a 1' x 2Vt - X Tee-Let would be ordered Size consdidahons are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility -6- /- NVV -Star - Msle Thrsa� Std. M. 6reew Etd. Roll 6reeire ttdr. 10 Ileaial Oetld A Newal Itsader B Oatlet Lea0tlr C Y+sih Dheaehr - D O de Oiaauter E vhII Thictneu F tttaafari welght Schedule 11 titarrd wel4ht Ed►edele 10 NPT(.SG ; / APTIrSB l i) MPT(.S0 +) N. (n;,,) AM./:mn) h.('rm) 1e.(am) 1•. /.nrr) b.(,rr,,) b. /mm) M./:nm/ 1325025 2025025 2225025 2�2 x 21/t 3 2 469 2 635 2 875 0 203 1 0120 1325030 2025030 2225030 3 3 2 469 2 635 2 875 0203 0120 1325035 2025035 2225035 4 3 2 469 2 635 2 875 0 203 0 120 1325050 2025050 2225050 5 3 2 469 2 635 2 875 0203 0 120 1325060 2025060 2225060 6 3 2 469 2 635 2 875 0203 0 120 1325080 2025080 2225080 8 3 2 469 2 635 2 875 0203 0 120 1330030 2030030 2230030 3x 3 3 3 068 3 260 3 500 0 216 0120 1330035 2030035 2230035 31,t 3 3 068 3 260 3 500 0 216 0 120 1330040 2030040 2230040 4 3 3 068 3 260 3 500 0 216 0 120 1330050 2030050 2230050 5 3 3 068 3 260 3 500 0 216 0 120 1330060 2030060 2230060 6 3 3 068 3 260 3 500 0 216 0120 1330080 2030080 2230080 8 3 3 068 3 260 3 500 0 216 0120 1340040 2040040 2240040 4x 4 4 4 026 4 260 4 500 0 237 0 120 1340050 2040050 2240050 5 4 4 026 4 -260 4 500 0 237 0120 1340060 2040060 2240060 6 4 4 026 4 260 4 500 0 237 0 120 1340080 2040080 2240080 8 4 4 026 4 260 4 500 0 237 0 120 - 2060060 2260060 6 4 6 065 63S7 6 625 0 280 0134 - 2060080 2260080 8 4 6 065 6 357 6 625 0 280 0134 — 2080080 — 8x 8 4 1 981 8 329 8 625 0 322 0148 Note lee -Lets are manufactured to fit size -on -size that is the contoured shape on a given Tee -Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size if installed on the second header size marked on the fitting. a slight gap of approximately 1/32'vnll appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header For example. a 1' x 2 - 21/z' Tee -Let, is a 1' oullel fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2' header size listed. while leaving a W' gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 2Vt size If a perfect fit is required for a 2r/t' header pipe, then a 1' x 2Vt - X Tee-Let would be ordered Size consdidahons are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility -6- /- NVV -Star - Price List Number: SPR -312 Effective: July 17. 2006 -Al� � s AIR PRODUCTS 2006 List Price Sheet Air Compressors for Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems Engineered According to NFPA -13 1-800-345-8207 www.GENERALAIRPRODUCTS.com Please visit our web site for the most up to date technical information including cut sheets, wiring instructions, design drawings and more! Standard OiL -Less Compressors * add "T` to the end of the part number for tank mounted t 115 Volt Only t 230 Volt Only 3 Phase Oil,- Less Compressors eri UUULC 2125 LISTED System System Motor 1151230 115/230 Approx. Ship. Capacity Model Horse 1 PH /60 HZ 1 PH /60 HZ Weight (Ibs.) Gallons Number Power RISER MTD. TANK MTD. RISER I TANK 110 OL11016AC* 1/6t $ 683.00 $ 1,220.00 31 /94 215 OL21533AC* 1/3t $ 883.00 $ 1.399.00 37/98 335 OL33550AC* 112 $ 17091.00 $ 1,636.00 49/114 425 OL42575AC* 3/4 $ 1,219.00 S 1,772.00 55/120 610 OL610V100AC* 1 $ 1,404.00 $ 1.998.00 58/ 124 900 OL900V100AC* 1 $ 2.079.00 S 2.889.00 78/165 1200 OL1200V200AC* 2# $ 2,343.00 $ 3,114.00 80/ 167 Compressor Mounting Bracket Kit Included with Riser Unit Compressor Mounting Bracket Kit Included with Riser Unit * add "T` to the end of the part number for tank mounted t 115 Volt Only t 230 Volt Only 3 Phase Oil,- Less Compressors eri * add "T" to the end of the part number for tank mounted $ 230/460 Volt Only These units can be set for high pressure. High Pressure O i L- Less Compressors - ioo Psi System Motor 208- 230/460 208- 2301460 Approx. Ship. Capacity Model Horse 3 PH 160 HZ 3 PH /60 HZ Weight (Ibs.) Gallons Number Power RISER MTD. TANK MTD. RISER I TANK 220 OL3355OBC* 1/2 $ 1,305.00 $ 1,809.00 49/114 320 OL42575BC* 3/4 $ 1,345.00 $ 1,851.00 55/ 120 425 OL675100BC* 1 $ 1,550.00 $ 2,179.00 58/124 700 OL800150BC* 1 1/2 $ 2,396.00 $ 3,013.00 68/135 950 OL1200V20OBC* 2# $ 2,616.00 $ 3,208.00 80/167 Compressor Mounting Bracket Kit Included with Riser. Unit OL900V150AC * -HP 1 1/2 * add "T" to the end of the part number for tank mounted $ 230/460 Volt Only These units can be set for high pressure. High Pressure O i L- Less Compressors - ioo Psi * add "T' to the end of the part number for tank mounted t 115 Volt Only t 230 Volt Only Important Note: System Capacity is based on filling the system to 40 psi in 30 minutes. General Terms of Sete PAYMENT Net 30 Days. FREIGHT POLICY: Prices are F.O.B. shppin part. freight collect unless olherwise agreed. MINIMUM ORDER SIZE: S50.00. Orders billed at less than 550.00 will incur a service charge. TERMS: All claims pertaining lo the merchandise in this schedule. with the exception c warranty dams. must be filed with General Air Products. Inc. within 60 days of the invoice date. or they will not be honored. Prices, discounts and terms are subject to change witfbut notice a as stipulated n specific product quotations All agreements are continent upon st *es. accidents or other causes beyond our control . All shipments are carefully rspected and counted before leaving the factory Please inspect carefuty upon recept of merchandise. noting any discrepancy or damage on the carver s freight bill at time of delivery Discrepancies or damage which obviously occurred n transit are the carriers responsibility and related dams should be promptly made directly to the tamer. Rehashed merchandise will not be accepted without prior written auUhonzation by General AF Products. Inc_ and deductions from nvoices for shortage or damage claims will not be allowed. UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO IN WRfTING, THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, TOGETHER WITH SELLER'S OTHER STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE, WILL CONTROL IN ANY TRANSACTION WITH GENERAL AIR PRODUCTS, INC. regardless of any different or conflicting terms as may appear on any order from now or later submitted by the buyer Al orders are subject to acceptance by General Air Products. Inc Prices are subject to change without notice. and units wil be invoiced at prices n effect at time of shipment System Motor 115/230 115/230 Approx. Ship. Capacity Model Horse 1 PH /60 HZ 1 PH /60 HZ Weight (Ibs.) Gallons Number Power RISER MTD. TANK MTD. RISER / TANK 80 OL11016AC * -HP 1/6t $ 818.00 $ 1,316.00 31 /94 160 OL21533AC * -HP 1/3t $ 956.00 $ 1,455.00 37/98 220 OL33550AC * -HP 1/2 $ 1,235.00 $ 1,740.00 49/114 400 OL435V75AC * -HP 3/4 $ 1,345.00 $ 1,850.00 55/ 120 460 OL610V100AC * -HP 1 $ 1,615.00 $ 2,120.00 58/124 860 OL900V150AC * -HP 1 1/2 $ 2,396.00 $ 3,013.00 78/165 950 OL1200V200AC * -HP 2t $ 2,616.00 $ 3,234.00 80/167 Compressor Mounting Bracket Kit Included with Riser Unit * add "T' to the end of the part number for tank mounted t 115 Volt Only t 230 Volt Only Important Note: System Capacity is based on filling the system to 40 psi in 30 minutes. General Terms of Sete PAYMENT Net 30 Days. FREIGHT POLICY: Prices are F.O.B. shppin part. freight collect unless olherwise agreed. MINIMUM ORDER SIZE: S50.00. Orders billed at less than 550.00 will incur a service charge. TERMS: All claims pertaining lo the merchandise in this schedule. with the exception c warranty dams. must be filed with General Air Products. Inc. within 60 days of the invoice date. or they will not be honored. Prices, discounts and terms are subject to change witfbut notice a as stipulated n specific product quotations All agreements are continent upon st *es. accidents or other causes beyond our control . All shipments are carefully rspected and counted before leaving the factory Please inspect carefuty upon recept of merchandise. noting any discrepancy or damage on the carver s freight bill at time of delivery Discrepancies or damage which obviously occurred n transit are the carriers responsibility and related dams should be promptly made directly to the tamer. Rehashed merchandise will not be accepted without prior written auUhonzation by General AF Products. Inc_ and deductions from nvoices for shortage or damage claims will not be allowed. UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO IN WRfTING, THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, TOGETHER WITH SELLER'S OTHER STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE, WILL CONTROL IN ANY TRANSACTION WITH GENERAL AIR PRODUCTS, INC. regardless of any different or conflicting terms as may appear on any order from now or later submitted by the buyer Al orders are subject to acceptance by General Air Products. Inc Prices are subject to change without notice. and units wil be invoiced at prices n effect at time of shipment Dry Air Pac i eii ' IMFUK IAN I NU I L: Model # and Serial # of DAP must be specified when ordering. Accessories AIR MAINTENANCE DEVICE UL/FM APPROVED AMD -1 Used with plant air or Tank Mounted Compressors $ 306.00 AMD -2 Used with dedicated air compressors (Base Mounted) $ 370.00 MAGNETIC LINE STARTERS - NEMA Rated Industrial Duty FM APPROVED. Model Number Air Drying Unit for Refrigerated Area and Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems System 115V 208/230V Capacity Motor Model Number Voltage List Price Approx. Shipping Gallons Horse Power Weight (Ibs.) 500 DAP500A 2 115 - 208/230/60/1 $ 9,995.00 425 500 DAP500B 2 208 - 230/460/60/3 S 9,813.00 425 1000 DAP1000B 5 208 - 230/460/60/3 $ 10.670.00 550 2000 DAP2000B 5 208 - 230/460/60/3 $ 11,394.00 550 DRY AIR PAC - Maintenance Kits 5 H.P. Part Number Description List Price KSMB01 * Includes Replacement Filter Elements (3), and Compressor Oil $ 185.00 KAMA01 * Includes Replacement Filter Elements (3).. Compressor Oil, and Desiccant $ 501.00 DAP -TK Moisture Indicator Test Kit $ 311.00 ' IMFUK IAN I NU I L: Model # and Serial # of DAP must be specified when ordering. Accessories AIR MAINTENANCE DEVICE UL/FM APPROVED AMD -1 Used with plant air or Tank Mounted Compressors $ 306.00 AMD -2 Used with dedicated air compressors (Base Mounted) $ 370.00 MAGNETIC LINE STARTERS - NEMA Rated Industrial Duty Model Number Description Single Phase 115V 208/230V List Price Three Phase 208/230V 460V List Price MGOOA* 1/3 H.P. 1 H.P. $ 278.00 MGOOB* 1 -1/2 H.P. 2 H.P. $ 307.00 MGXOA* 1 H.P. 2 H.P. $ 310.00 MGXOB* 3 H.P. 5 H.P. $ 369.00 MG01A* 2 H.P. 3 H.P. $ 354.00 MG016* 7 -1/2 H.P. 10 H.P. $ 416.00 MG15A* 3 H.P. 5 H.P. $ 446.00 *MUST Specify Voltage & Compr. Model # when ordering. NU I L: Chart reflects max H.P. under voltage listed. MANUALAIR DRYERS Model Number Description List Price AD3400 Dryer Assembly $ 316.00 34006 Replacement Desiccant $ 87.00 F3500 Coalescing Filter $ 206.00 AUTOMATIC DRAINS Model # Description List Price DVA -2T Electric Drain Valve. 1/4" NPT $ 227.00 CDF2000 Auto Float Drain $ 275.00 APCX51 -02-000 Auto Tank Drain Kit $ 475.00 HYDROSTATIC TEST PUMP Model Approximate List Number Shipping Weight Price HTP05 52 lbs. $ 1,086.00 MISCELLANEOUS Model # Description List Price OLR -TK Riser Tank Kit $ 316.00 KVP4X4 Vibration Pads (Set of 4) $ 69.00 P1202MP Stainless Steel Flex Hose $ 79.00 VR3P25080 Pressure Relief Valve $ 48.00 APC01 Q 1 Qt. Compressor Oil $ 6.00 CV2525x3 1/4" Check Valves (Set of 3) $ 95.00 CV2550x3 1/4" x 1/2" Check Valves(Set of 3) $ 105.00 PRESSURE SWITCHES Model Factory List Number Setting (PSI) Price S WP60103 30-40 S 100.00 SWP60113 < 30-40 S 132.00 SWP60401 U 27-40 S 79.00 SWP60302 8-12 S 100.00 Must Specify Pressure Switch Brand - Furnas or Condor. < with unloader valve 1-800-345-8207 ,t *,r-- _= _ —___ =_ _—_ wyvW, RODUCrS.com ** AIR FROOUCTS r10 4j*j- Standard L iricated Units System Model Motor 115/208 -230 208 - 2301460 Approx. Capacity Model Horse 60 HZ 60 HZ Shipping Weight Gallons Number Power 1 Phase 3 Phase (lbs.) MOUNTED, OIL 'LUBRICATED NITS LT20033 * -HP 1/3 200 L20033* 1/3 $ 811.00 $ 807.00 58 290 L29050* 1/2 $ 835.00 $ 831.00 63 365 L36575* 3/4 $ 883.00 $ 857.00 68 425 L425100* 1 $ 902.00 $ 876.00 70 620 L620100* 1 $ 1,051.00 $ 989.00 95 900 L900150* 1-1/2 $ 1,085.00 $ 1,015.00 106 1000 L1220200* 2 $ 1,230.00 $ 1,134.00 115 1300 L1300300* 3 $ 1,256.00± $ 1,158.00 115 1600 L1600300* 3 $ 2,014.00± $ 1,941.00 269 2000 L2000500* 5 $ 2,213.00± $ 2,037.00 278 2500 L2500500* 5 $ 2,376.00± $ 2,107.00 299 P i __ Relief VMMnd Compressor Oil Ship 'Each Base Unit TANK MOUNT 9)IL LUBRICATED S 200 LT20033* 113 $ 1,370.00 $ 1,412.00 126 290 LT29050* 1/2 $ 1,388.00 $ 1,419.00 129 365 LT36575* 3/4 $ 1,419.00 $ 1,426.00 135 425 LT425100* 1 $ 1,439.00 $ 1,431.00 141 620 LT620100* 1 $ 1,671.00 $ 1,625.00 180 900 LT900150* 1-1/2 $ 1,714.00 $ 1,673.00 191 1000 LT1220200* 2 $ 1,829.00 $ 1,707.00 200 1300 LT1300300* 3 $ 1,865.00± $ 1,722.00 200 1600 LT1600300* 3 $ 2,931.00± $ 2,857.00 320 2000 LT2000500* 5 $ 3,023.00± $ 2,873.00 329 2500 LT2500500* 5 $ 3,159.00± $ 2,952.00 346 Compressor Oil Shipped with Each Tank Unit *Insert A = Single Phase, B = Three Phase ± 208/230 VAC Single Phase Only See "Accessories" for Proper Magnetic Line Starter Selection. High Pressure Lubricated Units - bon - Tw* mmmed iclay System Model Motor 115/208 -230 208 - 230/460 Approx. Capacity Number Horse 60 HZ 60 HZ Shipping Weight Gallons Power 1 Phase 3 Phase (Ibs.) HIGH PRESSURE TANK MOUNTED, OIL LUBRICATED UNITS 185 LT20033 * -HP 1/3 $ 1,423.00 $ 1,466.00 126 220 LT29050 * -HP 1/2 $ 1,441.00 $ 1,472.00 129 345 LT425100 * -HP 1 $ 1,493.00 $ 1,484.00 141 360 LT620100 * -HP 1 $ 1,725.00 $ 1,679.00 180 605 LT900150 * -HP 1-1/2 $ 1,768.00 $ 1,726.00 191 730 LT1220200 * -HP 2 $ 1,883.00 $ 1,760.00 200 1080 LT1300300 * -HP 3 $ 1,918.00± $ 1,775.00 200 1200 LT1600300 * -HP 3 $ 2,984.00± $ 2,910.00 320 1900 LT2000500 * -HP 5 $ 3,076.00± $ 2,926.00 329 2400 LT2500500 * -HP 5 $ 3,212.00± $ 3,005.00 346 Compressor Oil Shipped with Each Tank Unit *Insert A = Single Phase, B = Three Phase ± 208/230 VAC Single Phase Only Important Note: System Capacity is based on filling the system to 40 psi in 30 minutes. WWW. RODUCT&COM ** - -- - _AIR PRODUCTS 1- 800 - 345 -8207 ~"r" Letter of Transmittal e nt u ry 2625 -, Pinerr low Court 9 4 rp sK CDuluth, GA. 3.,_:)6 Fire Protection. Inc. phone - 770 - 945 -2330 / Fax - 770 - 945 -2651 To : City of Tybee Island Date : February 13, 2007 WB1153 P. O. Box 2749 RE: Silver Ave. Condominiums Tybee Island, GA. 31328 ATTN : Plan Review 18 Silver Ave. Tybee, Island GA. 31328 We are sending you attached _x under separate cover via the following items : x Prints of Shop Drawings Plans Calculations Copy of Letter Manufacturer's Brochures Pamphlets Manuals Self Addressed Stamped Envel. Other Certificates Warranty X Submittal Data Samples Copies Date No. Description See Below 3 Sets 02/13/07 FP Shot) DWG. 1 Sets Submittal Data 1 Sets Hydraulic Calculations These are transmitted as indicated: 1. For your use 4. For coordination 7. Return 2 approved set(s) of print(s) 2. For approval 5. For review and comment 8. Return approved set(s) of calculation(s) 3. As requested 6. Returned after loan to us 9. Forbids due 10. Return 2 approved set(s) of product submittals(s) 11. Remarks : Please return in Self Addressed Stamped Envelope Please call for pick -up cc Donnie Moore Project Design Manager CITY OF TYBEE ISLAND BUILDING & ZONING DEPARTMNET P.O. Box 2749 Tybee Island, GA 31328 Phone (912) 786 -4573 • Fax (912) 786 -9539 PLUMBING PERMIT APPLICATION Date - (0 b Location of work (street address) 12 S" 10';2'r (i';2'r Ay e � pp Contractor.bt�\ Address of Contractor a &)-6 -F A N 21/,t ej*o 'e,2 CO u v+ &U (Lt t� 6Q 4 Telephone number of Contractor Name of Property Owner -J t Mailing address of Property Owner Telephone number of Property Owner Date work will be ready for inspection, if known Estimated cost of construction (5, V<ew Work Replacement _ Oil Gas Permit Number ae- o44(a Electric Backflow Preventor Disposal Unit Domestic Water Connection to Main Drain Roof or Area Drainage or Vent Piping Fire Protection Sprinkler System; Number of Heads/Nozzles Grease / Oil Trap Hose Bib Hot Water Heater Icemaker Lawn Sprinkler System Plumbing Fixture Residential House Sewer Connection to Main Sewer Cleanout Sewer Stub Vacuum Breaker Water Meter Water Service Line - New Residence Water Service Line - Replacement Water Softener Other a entur� 2626 -F Pine idow Court .ette ?- re' ittal Duluth, GA .3u096 Fire Protection. Inc. Phone - 770 - 945 -2330 / Fax - 770 - 945 -2651 i To : Chatham County Fire Department Date : August 4, 2d - 1117 Eisenhower Parkway RE: Silver Avenue Cbndos Savannah, GA. 31405 Tybee Island, GA. 31328 ATTN : Brad Collard We are sending you X attached under separate cover via FedEX the following items : Prints of Shop Drawings X Plans X Calculations Copy of Letter X Manufacturer's Brochures Pamphlets Manuals Self Addressed Stamped Envel. Other Certificates Warranty Submittal Data Samples Copies Date No. Description See Below 3 8. Set Shop Drawings Sheets Returned after loan to us 1 Forbids due Sets Hydraulic Calculations 1 Sets Material Poduct Data These are transmitted as indicated: 1. For your use 2. For approval 3. As requested 10. 11. Remarks : cc : 4. For coordination 7. Return approved set(s) of print(s) X 5. For review and comment 8. Return approved set(s) of calculation(s) 6. Returned after loan to us 9. Forbids due THANKS Please return in Self Addressed Stamped Envelope Stephen A. Crayton Please call for pick -up Project Manager entupy Aj 7� _ Fire Protection, Inc. _ r- SILVER AVE. CONDOMINIUMS 18 SILVER AVE. TYBEE ISLAND, GA W131 153 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS MATERIAL SUBMITTAL DATA 2625 -F Pinemeadow Court • Duluth, GA • 30096 • Phone 770 945 -2330 • Fax 770 945 -2651 tqCC Fire & Building Products Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381 -9312 / Fax: (800) 791 -5500 Series LFII Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers 4.2 K- factor General Description The Series LFII (TY1334) Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are decorative, fast response, frangible bulb sprinklers designed for use in residential occupancies such as homes, apartments, dormitories, and hotels. When aesthetics and optimized flow characteristics are the major con- sideration, the Series LFII (TY1334) should be the first choice. The Series LFII are to be used in wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for one- and two - family dwellings and mo- bile homes per NFPA 13D; wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for resi- dential occupancies up to and includ- ing four stories in height per NFPA 13R; or, -wet pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occu- pancy per NFPA 13. The Series LFII (TY1334) has a 4.2 (60,5) K- factor that provides the re- quired residential flow rates at reduced pressures, enabling smaller pipe sizes and water supply requirements. The recessed version of the Series LFII (TY1334) is intended for use in areas with finished walls. It employs a two -piece Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon. The Recessed Escutcheon pro- vides 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING' that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and in- stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 adjustment or up to 112 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush mounting surface position. The adjust- ment provided by the Recessed Es- cutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the pipe nipples to the sprinklers must be cut. The Series LFII (TY1334) has been designed with heat sensitivity and water distribution characteristics proven to help in the control of residen- tial fires and to improve the chance for occupants to escape or be evacuated. WARNINGS The Series LFII (TY1334) Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers de- scribed herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the National Fire Pro- tection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these de- vices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. SprinklerA lodel Identification Number SIN TY1334 JANUARY, 2006 rapid response HOME FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TFP410 Page 2 of 8 Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button Assembly 3- Sealing Assembly 4- Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 6 - Deflector* TOP -OF- DEFLECTOR * Temperature rating is indicated on top of Deflector. 5 3 2 1 O 6* 4 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN CENTERLINE OF WATERWAY 7/16" (11,1 mm) a 1/2" NPT 1 -5/8" END -OF- (41,3 mm) ESCUTCHEON DEFLECTOR 2 -1/4" PLATE SEATING BOSS (57,2 mm) SURFACE WRENCH FLATS STYLE 20 - RECESSED ESCUTCHEON RECESSED FIGURE 1 SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS MOUNTING V11111 — PLATE IN END -OF- DEFLECTOR 1/8" BOSS (3,2 mm) 1-3/8"(34,9 mm) 112" (12,7 mm) 1 -1/8" (28,6 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE 2 STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FOR USE WITH THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER TFP410 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR TY1334) FIGURE 3 W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 4 W -TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH 7/16 ±1 /8" (11,1±3,2 mm) MOUNTING FACE OF SURFACE SPRINKLER FITTING TOP -OF- CLOSURE DEFLECTOR TY1334 Fj 2 -718" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. a (57,2 mm) 7/16" (11,1 mm) MOUNTING V11111 — PLATE IN END -OF- DEFLECTOR 1/8" BOSS (3,2 mm) 1-3/8"(34,9 mm) 112" (12,7 mm) 1 -1/8" (28,6 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE 2 STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FOR USE WITH THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER TFP410 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR TY1334) FIGURE 3 W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 4 W -TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP410 Technical Data Approvals: UL and C -UL Listed. NYC Approved under MEA 44 -03 -E. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient: K = 4.2 GPM /psi1 /2 (60,5 LPM /bars /2) Temperature Rating: 155 °F /68 °C or 175 °F /79 °C Finishes: White Polyester Coated, Chrome Plated, or Natural Brass Physical Characteristics: Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w /Teflont Bulb . . . . . . 3 mm dia. Glass Compression Screw . . .. . Bronze Deflector . . . . . . . . . . . Copper tDupont Registered Trademark Operation The glass Bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Bulb allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The Series LFII (TY1334) Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are UL and C -UL Listed for installation in ac- cordance with the following criteria. NOTE When conditions exist that are outside the scope of the provided criteria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler Design Guide TFP490 for the manufacturer's recommendations that may be accept- able to the local Authority Having Ju- risdiction. System Type. Only wet pipe systems may be utilized. Hydraulic Design. The minimum re- quired sprinkler flow rate for systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R are given in Table A, B, C, and D as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of "design sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis- charge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: • The flow rates given in Tables A, B, C, and D for NFPA 13D and 13R as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage area. • A minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm /sq. ft. over the "design area" comprised of the four most hydraulically de- manding sprinklers for the actual coverage areas being protected by the four sprinklers. Obstruction To Water Distribution. Locations of sprinklers are to be in accordance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 13 for residential sprinklers. Operational Sensitivity. The sprin- klers are to be installed with an end -of- deflector -boss to wall distance of 1- 3/8 to 6 inches or in the recessed po- sition using only the Style 20 Re- cessed Escutcheon as shown in Figure 2. In addition the top-of- deflector- to -ceil- ing distance is to be within the range (Ref. Table A, B, C, or D) being hy- draulically calculated. Sprinkler Spacing. The minimum spacing between sprinklers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum spacing be- tween sprinklers cannot exceed the width of the coverage area (Ref. Table A) being hydraulically calculated (e.g., maximum 12 feet for a 12 ft. x 12 ft. coverage area, or 16 feet for a 16 ft. x 20 ft. coverage area). Installation The Series LFII (TY1334) must be in- stalled in accordance with the follow- ing instructions: NOTES Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1116 inch (1,6 mm). A leak tight 112 inch NPT sprinklerjoint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 ft.lbs. (9,5 to 19, 0 Nm). A maxi- mum of 21 ft.lbs. (28,5 Nm) of torque is to be used to install sprinklers. Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leak- age or impairment of the sprinkler. Page 3 of 8 Do not attempt to compensate for in- sufficient adjustment in an Escutcheon Plate by under- or over - tightening the Sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. The Series LFII Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in ac- cordance with the following instruc- tions. Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal position with their centerline of water- way perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling with the front edge of the De- flector parallel to the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 3). With reference to Figure 1, the W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the wrench flats. The Series LFII Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following in- structions. Step A. Recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal position with their centerline of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step B. After installing the Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads and with pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W -Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 4). With reference to Figure 1, the W -Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step C. After the wall has been in- stalled or the finish coat has been ap- plied, slide on the Style 20 Closure over the Series LFII Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the wall. (Continued on Page 8) Page 4 of 8 ELEVATION TFP410 Maximum Coverage Maximum Spacing Minimum Flow tcl and Residual Pressure Area ta> Width x Length tb1 Ft. x n Ft. (rt. Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm) Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: 6 to 12 Inches (150 to 300 mm) (m x m) 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 12 x 12 12 12 GPM (45,4 LPM) 12 GPM (45,4 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) 8.2 psi (0,57 bar) 8.2 psi (0,57 bar) 9.6 psi (0,66 bar) 9.6 psi (0,66 bar) 14 x 14 14 14 GPM (53,0 LPM) 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) 11.1 psi (0,77 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 16.4 psi (1,13 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 16 x 16 16 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 16 x 18 16 19 GPM (71,9 LPM) 19 GPM (71,9 LPM) 21 GPM (79,5 LPM) 21 GPM (79,5 LPM) (4,9 x 5,5) (4,9) 20.5 psi (1,41 bar) 20.5 psi (1,41 bar) 25.0 psi (1,72 bar) 25.0 psi (1,72 bar) 16 x 20 16 23 GPM (87,1 LPM) 23 GPM (87,1 LPM) 26 GPM (98,4 LPM) 26 GPM (98,4 LPM) (4,9 x 6,1) (4,9) 30.0 psi (2,07 bar) 30.0 psi (2,07 bar) 38.3 psi (2,64 bar) 38.3 psi (2,64 bar) (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details. (d) Sidewall sprinklers, where installed under a ceiling with a slope greater than 0 inch rise for a 12 inch run to a slope up to 2 inch rise for 12 inch run, must be located per one of the following: • Locate the sprinklers at the high point of the slope and positioned to discharge down the slope. • Locate the sprinklers along the slope and positioned to discharge across the slope. TABLE A NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR HORIZONTAL CEILING (Maximum 2 Inch Rise for 12 1nch Run) TFP410 12" ELEVATION Page 5 of 8 (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details.. TABLE B NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR SPRINKLERS AT THE HIGH POINT OF THE SLOPE AND DISCHARGING DOWN THE SLOPE (Greater Than 2 1nch Rise for 12 Inch Run Up To 8 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) Minimum Flow M and Residual Pressure (I) Two sprinkler design with the sprinklers at the high point of the slope and positioned to discharge down the slope. Maximum Maximum Coverage Spacing Area (a) Ft. Width x Length (b) (m) Ft. x Ft. Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: (m x m) 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm) 6 to 12 Inches (150 to 300 mm) 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 12 x 12 12 I 12 GPM (45,4 LPM) I 12 GPM (45,4 LPM) I 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) I 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) 8.2 psi (0,57 bar) 8.2 psi (0,57 bar) 9.6 psi (0,66 bar) 9.6 psi (0,66 bar) 14 x 14 14 I 14 GPM (53,0 LPM) I 14 GPM (53,0 LPM) I 17 GPM (64.3 LPM) I 17 GPM (64.3 LPM) (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) 11.1 psi (0,77 bar) 11.1 psi (0,77 bar) 16.4 psi (1,13 bar) 16.4 psi (1,13 bar) 16 x 16 16 I 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) I 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) I 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) I 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 16 x 18 16 I 19 GPM (71,9 LPM) I 19 GPM (71,9 LPM) I 21 GPM (79,5 LPM) I 21 GPM (79,5 LPM) (4,9 x 5,5) (4,9) 20.5 psi (1,41 bar) 20.5 psi (1,41 bar) 25.0 psi (1,72 bar) 25.0 psi (1,72 bar) 16 x 20 I 24 GPM (90,8 LPM) I 24 GPM (90,8 LPM) I 26 GPM (98,4 LPM) I 26 GPM (98,4 LPM) (4,9 x 6,1) :(:4,9) 32.7 psi (2,25 bar) 32.7 psi (2,25 bar) 38.3 psi (2,64 bar) 38.3 psi (2,64 bar) (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details.. TABLE B NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR SPRINKLERS AT THE HIGH POINT OF THE SLOPE AND DISCHARGING DOWN THE SLOPE (Greater Than 2 1nch Rise for 12 Inch Run Up To 8 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) Page 6 of 8 12" ELEVATION TFP410 (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details.. TABLE C NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR SPRINKLERS LOCATED ALONG A SLOPE AND DISCHARGING ACROSS THE SLOPE (Greater Than 2 1nch Rise for 12 Inch Run Up To 4 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) Minimum Flow N and Residual Pressure (II) Two sprinkler design with the sprinklers located along the slope and positioned to discharge across the slope. Maximum Maximum (III) Three sprinkler design when there are more than two sprinklers in a compartment and Coverage Spacing with the sprinklers located along the slope.and positioned to discharge across the slope. Area (a) Ft. Width x Length (b) Ft. x Ft. (m x m) (m) Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm) Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: 6 to 12 Inches (150 to 300 mm) 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 12 x 12 12 II 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) II 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) II 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) II 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 14 x 14 14 II 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) II 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) II 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) II 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 16 x 16 16 If 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) II 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) II 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) II 18 GPM (68,1 LPM) (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 16 x 18 16 II 22 GPM (83,3 LPM) II 22 GPM (83,3 LPM) II 22 GPM (83,3 LPM) II 22 GPM (83,3 LPM) (4,9 x 5,5) (4,9) 27.4 psi (1,89 bar) 27.4 psi (1,89 bar) 27.4 psi (1,89 bar) 27.4 psi (1,89 bar) 16 x 20 16 III 23 GPM (87,1 LPM) III 23 GPM (87,1 LPM) III 26 GPM (98,4 LPM) III 26 GPM (98,4 LPM) (4,9 x 6,1) (4,9) 30.0 psi (2,07 bar) 30.0 psi (2,07 bar) 38.3 psi (2,64 bar) 38.3 psi (2,64 bar) (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details.. TABLE C NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR SPRINKLERS LOCATED ALONG A SLOPE AND DISCHARGING ACROSS THE SLOPE (Greater Than 2 1nch Rise for 12 Inch Run Up To 4 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) TFP410 12" ELEVATION Page 7 of 8 (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details.. TABLE D NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR SPRINKLERS LOCATED ALONG A SLOPE AND DISCHARGING ACROSS THE SLOPE (Greater Than 4 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run Up To 8 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) Minimum Flow M and Residual Pressure (III) Three sprinkler design when there are more than two sprinklers in a compartment and with the sprinklers located along the slope.and positioned to discharge across the slope. Maximum Maximum Coverage Spacing Area (a) Ft. Width x Length (b) Ft. x Ft. (m x m) (m) Top -Of- Deflector- To- Ceiling: 4 to 6 Inches (100 to 150 mm) 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 12 x 12 12 III 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) III 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14 x 14 14 III 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) III 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 16 x 16 16 III 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) III 16 GPM (60,6 LPM) (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 14.5 psi (1,00 bar) 16 x 18 16 N/A N/A (4,9 x 5,5) (4,9) 16 x 20 16 N/A N/A (4,9 x 6,1) (4,9) (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Width (backwall where sprinkler is located) x Length (horizontal throw of sprinkler). (c) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details.. TABLE D NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY1334) RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL S/DEWALL AND RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS FOR SPRINKLERS LOCATED ALONG A SLOPE AND DISCHARGING ACROSS THE SLOPE (Greater Than 4 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run Up To 8 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) Page 8 of 8 Care and Maintenance The Series LFII (TY1334) must be maintained and serviced in accord- ance with the following instructions: NOTES Absence of an Escutcheon Plate may delay the sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system which it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection sys- tem must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be no- tified. Sprinklers which are found to be leak- ing or exhibiting visible signs of corro- sion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid dam- age to the sprinklers - before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers dam- aged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be re- placed. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation Section). The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The in- stalling contractor or sprinkler manu- facturer should be contacted relative to any questions. NOTE The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging of any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non - operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and /or national codes. Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & Building Products (TFBP) are war- ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No warranty is given for products or com- ponents manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which have been subjectto misuse, improper installation, corrosion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modi- fied or repaired in accordance with ap- plicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, and /or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFBP's sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inac- curate or incomplete information sup- plied by Buyer or Buyer's repre- sentatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP's liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. of any and all other warranties. ex- press or implied. including warranties of merchantabilitv and fitness for a nar- This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. TFP410 Ordering Procedure When placing an order, indicate the full product name. Contact your local distributor for availability.. Sprinkler Assembly: Series LFII (TY1334), K =4.2, Residen- tial Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with (specify) temperature rating and (specify) finish, P/N (specify). 155 °F /68 °C or Chrome Plated ......... P/N 51 -211 -9 -155 155 °F /68 °C White Polyester......... PIN 51- 211 -4 -155 155 °F /68 °C White (RAL9010) ............. P/N 51- 211 -3 -155 155 °F /68 °C Natural Brass........... PIN 51- 211 -1 -155 175 °F /79 °C or Chrome Plated ......... P/N 51- 211 -9 -175 175 °F /79 °C White Polyester......... PIN 51- 211 -4 -175 175 °F /79 °C White (RAL9010) ............. P/N 51- 211 -3 -175 175 °F /79 °C Natural Brass........... PIN 51- 211 -1 -175 *Eastern Hemisphere sales only. Recessed Escutcheon: Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify *) finish, P/N (spec- ify*). *Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770. Sprinkler Wrench: Specify: W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 000 -6 -387. Specify: W -Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 850 -4 -001. TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 tqCo Fire & Building Products Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381 -9312 / Fax: (800) 791 -5500 Series LFII Residential Pendent Sprinklers 4.9 K- factor General Description The Series LFII (TY2234) Residential Pendent Sprinklers are decorative, fast response, frangible bulb sprin- klers designed for use in residential occupancies such as homes, apart- ments, dormitories, and hotels. When aesthetics and optimized flow charac- teristics are the major consideration, the Series LFII (TY2234) should be the first choice. The Series LFII are to be used in wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for one- and two - family dwellings and mo- bile homes per NFPA 13D; wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for resi- dential occupancies up to and includ- ing four stories in height per NFPA 13R; or, wet pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occu- pancy per NFPA 13. The Series LFII (TY2234) has a 4.9 (70,6) K- factor that provides the re- quired residential flow rates at reduced pressures, enabling smaller pipe sizes and water supply requirements. The recessed version of the Series LFII (TY2234) is intended for use in areas with finished ceilings. It employs a two -piece Style 20 Recessed Es- cutcheon. The Recessed Escutcheon provides 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and in- stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 adjustment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush ceil- ing position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the pipe nipples to the sprinklers must be cut. The Series LFII (TY2234) has been designed with heat sensitivity and water distribution characteristics proven to help in the control of residen- tial fires and to improve the chance for occupants to escape or be evacuated. WARNINGS The Series LFII (TY2234) Residential Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdic- tion. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. SprinklerAl4odel Identification Number SIN TY2234 JANUARY, 2006 in rapid responseTM HOME FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TFP400 .' mom y TFP400 Page 2 of 8 TFP400 (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details. TABLE A NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY2234) RESIDENTIAL PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS Technical Data Approvals: UL and C -UL Listed. NYC Approved under MEA 44 -03 -E. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient: K = 4.9 GPM /psi112 (70,6 LPM /barl /2) Temperature Rating: 155 °F /68 °C or 175 °F /79 °C Finishes: White Polyester Coated, Chrome Plated, or Natural Brass Physical Characteristics: Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w /Teflont Bulb . . . . . . . . . 3 mm dia. Glass Compression Screw . . . . . Bronze Deflector . . . . . . Bronze Ejection Spring . . . . Stainless Steel tDuPont Registered Trademark Operation The glass Bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Bulb allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The Series LFII (TY2234) Residential Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C -UL Listed for installation in accordance with the following criteria. NOTE When conditions exist that are outside the scope of the provided criteria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler Design Guide TFP490 for the manufacturer's recommendations that maybe accept- able to the local Authority having Juris- diction. System Type. Only wet pipe systems may be utilized. Hydraulic Design. The minimum re- quired sprinkler flow rate for systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R are given in Table A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprin- kler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of "design .sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis- charge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: • The flow rates given in Table A for NFPA 13D and 13R as a function of temperature rating and the maxi- mum allowable coverage area. • A minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm /sq. ft. over the "design area" comprised of the four most hydraulically de- manding sprinklers for the actual coverage areas being protected by the four sprinklers. Obstruction To Water Distribution. Locations of sprinklers are to be in accordance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 13 for residential sprinklers. Operational Sensitivity. • For "Horizontal Ceilings" (maximum 2 inch rise for 12 inch run), the sprin- klers are to be installed with a deflec- tor to ceiling distance of 1 -3/8 to 4 inches or in the recessed position using only the Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon as shown in Figure 2. NOTES The `Beam Ceiling Design Criteria" section starting on Page 4 permits de- flector to ceiling distances up to 15 -314 inches. So as to help avoid obstructions to water distribution, a maximum 12 inch deflector -to- ceiling distance is permit- ted for NFPA 13D and NFPA 13R appli- cations where the sprinklers are located in closets. • For "Sloped Ceilings" (greater than 2 inch rise up to 8 inch rise for 12 inch run), the sprinklers are to be installed with a deflector to ceiling Minimum Flow (b) and Minimum Flow (b) and Minimum Flow (b) and Maximum Maximum Residual Pressure Residual Pressure Residual Pressure Coverage Spacing For Horizontal Ceiling For Sloped Ceiling For Sloped Ceiling Area (a) Ft. (Max. 2 Inch Rise (Greater Than 2 Inch Rise (Greater Than 4 Inch Rise Ft. x Ft. (m) for 12 Inch Run) Up To Max. 4 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) Up To Max. 8 Inch Rise for 12 Inch Run) (m x m) 155 °F /68 °C or 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F179 °C 175 °F /79 °C 12 x 12 12 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 14 x 14 14 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 1 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 16 x 16 16 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 13 GPM (49,2 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 7.0 psi (0,48 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 18 x 18 18 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) 17 GPM (64,3 LPM) (5,5 x 5,5) (5,5) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 12.0 psi (0,83 bar) 20 x 20 20 20 GPM (75,7 LPM) 20 GPM (75,7 LPM) 20 GPM (75,7 LPM) 21 GPM (79,5 LPM) 22 GPM (83,3 LPM) (6,1 x 6,1) (6,1) 16.7 psi (1,15 bar) 16.7 psi (1,15 bar) 16.7 psi (1,15 bar) 18.4 psi (1,27 bar) 1 20.2 psi (1,39 bar) (a) For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, it is necessary to use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. (b) Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K- factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details. TABLE A NFPA 13D AND NFPA 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR THE SERIES LFII (TY2234) RESIDENTIAL PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS Technical Data Approvals: UL and C -UL Listed. NYC Approved under MEA 44 -03 -E. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient: K = 4.9 GPM /psi112 (70,6 LPM /barl /2) Temperature Rating: 155 °F /68 °C or 175 °F /79 °C Finishes: White Polyester Coated, Chrome Plated, or Natural Brass Physical Characteristics: Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w /Teflont Bulb . . . . . . . . . 3 mm dia. Glass Compression Screw . . . . . Bronze Deflector . . . . . . Bronze Ejection Spring . . . . Stainless Steel tDuPont Registered Trademark Operation The glass Bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Bulb allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The Series LFII (TY2234) Residential Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C -UL Listed for installation in accordance with the following criteria. NOTE When conditions exist that are outside the scope of the provided criteria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler Design Guide TFP490 for the manufacturer's recommendations that maybe accept- able to the local Authority having Juris- diction. System Type. Only wet pipe systems may be utilized. Hydraulic Design. The minimum re- quired sprinkler flow rate for systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R are given in Table A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprin- kler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of "design .sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis- charge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: • The flow rates given in Table A for NFPA 13D and 13R as a function of temperature rating and the maxi- mum allowable coverage area. • A minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm /sq. ft. over the "design area" comprised of the four most hydraulically de- manding sprinklers for the actual coverage areas being protected by the four sprinklers. Obstruction To Water Distribution. Locations of sprinklers are to be in accordance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 13 for residential sprinklers. Operational Sensitivity. • For "Horizontal Ceilings" (maximum 2 inch rise for 12 inch run), the sprin- klers are to be installed with a deflec- tor to ceiling distance of 1 -3/8 to 4 inches or in the recessed position using only the Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon as shown in Figure 2. NOTES The `Beam Ceiling Design Criteria" section starting on Page 4 permits de- flector to ceiling distances up to 15 -314 inches. So as to help avoid obstructions to water distribution, a maximum 12 inch deflector -to- ceiling distance is permit- ted for NFPA 13D and NFPA 13R appli- cations where the sprinklers are located in closets. • For "Sloped Ceilings" (greater than 2 inch rise up to 8 inch rise for 12 inch run), the sprinklers are to be installed with a deflector to ceiling TFP400 Page 3 of 8 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) ur-1 STYLE 20 WRENCH 11A % I ESCUTCHEON CHEON FLATS \ `�' / RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES LFII (TY2234) RESIDENTIAL PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS 2 -7/8" DIA. 12,7 mm 7/16_+ (73,0 mm) 1/2" 1/8" ( ) (11,1 ±3,2 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER MOUNTING FITTING PLATE MOUNTING SURFACE 1/8" (3,2 mm) CLOSURE TY2234 1 -3/8" (34,9 mm) 1 -1/8" (28,6 mm) FIGURE 2 STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FOR USE WITH THE SERIES LFII (TY2234) RESIDENTIAL PENDENT SPRINKLER distance of 1 -3/8 to 4 inches or in the recessed position using only the Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon as shown in Figure 2 Sprinkler Spacing. The minimum spacing between sprinklers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum spacing be- tween sprinklers cannot exceed the length of the coverage area (Ref. Ta- ble A) being hydraulically calculated (e.g., maximum 12 feet for a 12 ft. x 12 ft. coverage area, or 20 feet for a 20 ft. x 20 ft. coverage area). / A-, WRENCH RECESS ell (END "A" USED FOR TY2234) FIGURE 3 W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS 4 PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 4 W -TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH 7/16" (11,1 mm) 1/2„ ESCUTCHEON Components: NOMINAL NPT PLATE SEATING 1- Frame 2 - Button MAKE -IN SURFACE 3- Sealing Assembly 1 4 -Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 2 2-1/4 6 - Deflector 3 A n (57,2 mm) 4 1 -5/8" (41,3 mm) * Temperature 5 rating is indicated on 6 Deflector. CROSS SECTION PENDENT Page 3 of 8 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) ur-1 STYLE 20 WRENCH 11A % I ESCUTCHEON CHEON FLATS \ `�' / RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES LFII (TY2234) RESIDENTIAL PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS 2 -7/8" DIA. 12,7 mm 7/16_+ (73,0 mm) 1/2" 1/8" ( ) (11,1 ±3,2 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER MOUNTING FITTING PLATE MOUNTING SURFACE 1/8" (3,2 mm) CLOSURE TY2234 1 -3/8" (34,9 mm) 1 -1/8" (28,6 mm) FIGURE 2 STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FOR USE WITH THE SERIES LFII (TY2234) RESIDENTIAL PENDENT SPRINKLER distance of 1 -3/8 to 4 inches or in the recessed position using only the Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon as shown in Figure 2 Sprinkler Spacing. The minimum spacing between sprinklers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum spacing be- tween sprinklers cannot exceed the length of the coverage area (Ref. Ta- ble A) being hydraulically calculated (e.g., maximum 12 feet for a 12 ft. x 12 ft. coverage area, or 20 feet for a 20 ft. x 20 ft. coverage area). / A-, WRENCH RECESS ell (END "A" USED FOR TY2234) FIGURE 3 W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS 4 PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 4 W -TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH Page 4 of 8 Beam Ceiling Design Criteria The Series LFII (TY2234) Residential Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C -UL Listed for installation in residential oc- cupancies with horizontal ceilings (i.e., slopes up to a 2 inch rise over a 12 inch run) with beams when installed in ac- cordance with the following criteria: General Information. The basic con- cept of this protection scheme is to locate the sprinklers on the underside of the beams, Ref. Figure 5, (not in the beam pockets); to identify the main beams that principally run in one direc- tion as "primary beams "; and, to iden- tify the beams that run principally per- pendicular to the main beams, as may be present (or in some cases may be necessary for proper sprinkler protec- tion), as "secondary beams ". Primary and Secondary Beam Types. Solid surface, solid or hollow core, combustible or non - combustible. Primary and Secondary Beam Posi- tioning. Directly attached to the un- derside of a combustible or non -com- bustible smooth ceiling at any elevation. Primary Beam Cross - Section: Maxi- mum depth of 14 inches and the maxi- mum width is unlimited. The cross - sectional shape of the primary beam may be rectangular to circular. Secondary Beam Cross - Section. Maximum depth to be no greater than the primary beam and the maximum width is unlimited. The cross - sectional shape of the secondary beam may be rectangular to circular. Primary Beam Spacing. The primary beams (Fig. 6A) are to be 3 ft. - 4 in. to 6 ft. from the compartment wall to cen- ter of the nearest beam and from cen- ter to center between beams. Secondary Beam Spacing. The sec- ondary beams principally run perpen- dicular to the primary beams. Secondary beams of a depth equal to the primary beam must be placed so that the beam pockets created by the primary beams do not exceed 20 feet in length (Fig. 613). NOTE When the beam pockets created by the primary beams exceed 20 feet in length, the installation will require the use of secondary beams as described above. Otherwise, secondary beams need not be present. Secondary beams of a cross - sectional depth greater than one - quarter the depth of the primary beams are to be a minimum of 3 ft. - 4 in. from the compartment wall to center of the nearest beam and from center to cen- ter between beams (Fig. 6C). Secondary beams of a cross - sectional depth no greater than one - quarter the depth of the primary beams may be placed at any compartment wall to center of the nearest beam distance and from any center to center distance between beams (Fig. 6C). Lintels. Lintels over doorways exiting the compartment must be present. The minimum height for the lintels is 8 inches or no less than the depth of the Primary Beams, whichever is greater. Sprinkler Types. Series LFII (TY2234), 155F and 175F, Pendent and Recessed Pendent Residential Sprinklers. Sprinkler Coverage Area and Hy- draulic Design. The sprinkler cover- age areas and hydraulic design criteria as presented in the Table A for "Hori- zontal Ceilings" are to be applied. Sprinkler Position. The deflector to bottom of primary beams for the Series LF11 (TY2234) Pendent Sprinklers or Series LFII (TY2234) Recessed Pen- dent Sprinklers is to be 1 -1/4 to 1 -3/4 inches (Fig. 5A). The vertical center- line of the Series LFII (TY2234) Pen- dent Sprinklers is to be no greater than half the primary beam cross - sectional width plus 2 inches from the centerline of the primary beam (Fig 5B). NOTES Core drilling of beams to allow the in- stallation of sprinkler drops requires consulting with a structural engineer. Where core drilling is not permitted, the previously stated sprinkler position criteria for the Series LFII (TY2234) Pendent Sprinklers allows for the sprinkler drop to be placed adjacent to the primary beam. Beam and Soffit Arrangements. A soffit is permitted to be placed around the perimeter of a compartment with the beam arrangement within the sof- fited area (Fig.7). The cross - section of the soffit may be any size as long as it does not create an obstruction to water distribution per the obstruction rules of NFPA 13 for residential sprinklers. When soffits are present, the pre- viously provided 3 ft. - 4 in. to 6 ft. "compartment wall to adjacent beam" distance for the primary and secon- dary beams is to be measured from the face of the soffit as opposed to the compartment wall. TFP400 A z E E TY2234 B X. z E E av St MAXIMUM TY2234 ONE -HALF BEAM WIDTH PLUS 2" (50,8 mm) FIGURE 5 SPRINKLER POSITIONING UNDER PRIMARY BEAMS (Refer to the "Beam Ceiling Design Criteria" section) NOTE Although the distance to the beams is measured from the face of the soffit, the sprinkler coverage area is to be measured from the compartment wall. TFP400 Page 5 of 8 ALL FIGURES: A— ►}� A A� DISTANCES ARE I IF IF MEASURED TO 14" (356 mm) COMPARTMENT MAXIMUM WALL FACES AND .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . TO CENTERLINES OF BEAMS A = 3' -4" to 6' -0" (1,0 to 1,8 m) FOR PRIMARY BEAMS HAV- ING A 14" (356 mm) MAXIMUM DEPTH PRIMARY BEAM 20' -0" (6,1 m) MAXIMUM COMPARTMENT WALLS FIGURE 6A PRIMARY BEAM SPANS UP TO 20' -0" (6,1 m) A A �j A---� B A= 3'4" to 6-0" (1,0 to 1,8 m) FOR PRIMARY BEAMS HAV- SECONDARY B INGA 14" (356 mm) MAXIMUM BEAM DEPTH B = 20' -0" (6,1 m) MAXIMUM FOR SECONDARY BEAMS THAT ARE TO BE EQUAL IN DEPTH TO PRIMARY BEAMS PRIMARY AND THAT MUST BE IN PLACE BEAM SO THAT PRIMARY BEAM POCKETS DO NOT EXCEED 20'-0"(6,1 m) COMPARTMENT WALLS FIGURE 6B PRIMARY BEAM SPANS GREATER THAN 20' -0" (6,1 m) C A= 3'4" to 6' -0" (1,0 to 1,8 m) ....:....................... FOR PRIMARY BEAMS HAV- ING A 14" (356 mm) MAXIMUM SECONDARY C DEPTH BEAM C = 3' -4" (1,0 m) MINIMUM FOR SECONDARY BEAMS HAVING DEPTHS GREATER THAN 25 OF PRIMARY BEAMS PRIMARY* — or— BEAM C =ANY DISTANCE FOR SEC- ONDARY BEAMS HAVING DEPTHS UP TO 25% OF * REFER TO PRIMARY BEAMS FIGURE 6B COMPARTMENT FOR SPANS WALLS EXCEEDING 20' -0" (6,1 m) FIGURE 6C COMBINATIONS OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY BEAMS FIGURE 6 BEAM ARRANGEMENTS (Refer to the "Beam Ceiling Design Criteria" section) Page 6 of 8 TFP4OO Installation The Series LFII (TY2234) must be in- stalled in accordance with the follow- ing instructions: NOTES Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1116 inch (1,6 mm). A leak tight 112 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 ft.lbs. (9,5 to 19, 0 Nm). A maxi- mum of 21 ft.lbs. (28,5 Nm) of torque is to be used to install sprinklers. Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leak- age or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for in- sufficient adjustment in an Escutcheon Plate by under- or over - tightening the Sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. The Series LFII Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step 1. Pendent sprinklers are to be installed in the pendent position with the deflector parallel to the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 3). With reference to Figure 1, the W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the wrench flats. The Series LFII Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in ac- cordance with the following instruc- tions. Step A. Recessed pendent sprinklers are to be installed in the pendent posi- tion with the deflector parallel to the ceiling. Step B. After installing the Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads and with pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W -Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 4). With reference to Figure 1, the W -Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step D. After the ceiling has been in- stalled or the finish coat has been ap- plied, slide on the Style 20 Closure over the Series LFII Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The Series LFII (TY2234) must be maintained and serviced in accord- ance with the following instructions: NOTES Absence of an Escutcheon Plate may delay the sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system which it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection sys- tem must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be no- tified. Sprinklers which are found to be leak- ing or exhibiting visible signs of corro- sion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid dam- TFP400 age to the sprinklers - before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers dam- aged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be re- placed. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation Section). The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The in- stalling contractor or sprinkler manu- facturer should be contacted relative to any questions. NOTE The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging of any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non - operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and /or national codes. Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & Building Products (TFBP) are war- ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No warranty is given for products or com- ponents manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which have been subject to misuse, improper installation, corrosion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modi- fied or repaired in accordance with ap- plicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, and /or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFBP's sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inac- curate or incomplete information sup- plied by Buyer or Buyer's repre- sentatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP's liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. of merchantability and fitness for a par- ticularr purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Page 7 of 8 Ordering Procedure When placing an order, indicate the full product name. Contact your local distributor for availability.. Sprinkler Assembly: Series LFII (TY2234), K =4.9, Residen- tial Pendent Sprinkler with (specify) temperature rating and (specify) fin- ish, P/N (specify). 155 °F /68 °C or Chrome Plated ......... P/N 51- 201 -9 -155 155 °F /68 °C White Polyester......... P/N 51- 201 -4 -155 155 °F /68 °C White (RAL9010) ............. P/N 51- 201 -3 -155 155 °F /68 °C Natural Brass........... P/N 51- 201 -1 -155 175T/79°C or Chrome Plated ......... P/N 51- 201 -9 -175 175 °F /79 °C White Polyester......... P/N 51- 201 -4 -175 175 °F /79 °C White (RAL9010)............. P/N 51- 201 -3 -175 175 °F /79 °C Natural Brass........... P/N 51- 201 -1 -175 *Eastern Hemisphere sales only. Recessed Escutcheon: Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify *) finish, P/N (spec- ify*). *Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770. Sprinkler Wrench: Specify: W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 000 -6 -387. Specify: W -Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 850 -4 -001. Page 8 of 8 TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 TFP400 January 31, 2005 Check Valve 804 a 1 -1/2" & 2" SPRING I LOADED IN -LINE CHECK VALVE 1. PRODUCT NAME Viking Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve Model K -1 NPT Threaded Model L -1 Groove /Groove Manufactured 2002 - 2. MANUFACTURER The Viking Corporation 210 N. Industrial Park Road Hastings, Michigan 49058, U.S.A. Telephone: (269) 945 -9501 (877) 384 -5464 Fax: (269) 945 -9599 e -mail: techsvcs @vikingcorp.com 3. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Viking Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve is a general purpose rubber -faced check valve approved for use in fire- service systems. The Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve is manufactured with a brass body, brass seat, and a rubber -faced clapper assembly. The valve may be installed vertically or horizontally. For availability of threaded and grooved - grooved options, refer to Table 1. A tapped opening (with plug) is provided on the outlet chamber of the valve for system drain. The 1 -1/2" and 2" check valves should be installed on the outlet riser of the 1 -1/2" and 2" deluge valve when install- ing a listed and approved preaction sys- tem. Refer to preaction data pages for current riser schematic. 4. TECHNICAL DATA For listings and approvals, seeTable 1 Rated to 250 psi (1 724 kPa) water work- ing pressure. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (3 447 kPa). Standard threaded connections: NPT Q 4 THREADED GROOVED 2" shown. 1 -1/2" also available Standard Grooved connections: ANSI /AWWA C606 -87 For piping with grooved connections, the grooved - inlet/grooved- outlet style Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve may be installed with listed grooved couplings of the appropriate pressure rating. Tapped Bosses: One 3/4" (19 mm) NPT: Material Standards: (Refer to Figure 1 on page 804c or Figure 2 on page 804d.) 5. FEATURES 1. Low friction loss. 2. Rated to 250 psi (1 724 kPa) water working pressure. 3. Can be installed vertically or horizon- tally. 4.'/ NPT drain connection above the clapper. 5. 1 PSI cracking pressure 6. AVAILABILITY AND SERVICE The Viking Check Valve and accesso- ries are available through a network of domestic, Canadian, and international distributors. See the Viking web site for a local distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. Table 1 Size Valve Connection Type C„ Factor Friction Loss* Shipping Weight Part No. Approvals UL ULC FM 1 -1/2" Threaded 57 7 4lbs 10659 Yes Yes No 2" Threaded 105 8 5.51bs 10667 Yes Yes No 1 -1/2" Groove 68 5 4.5lbs 11054 Yes Yes Yes 2" Groove 102 8 6lbs 11059 Yes I Yes I Yes `Expressed in equivalent length of schedule 40 pipe based on Hazen & Williams formula: C=120 Form No. F 012202 Replaces page 804a -d dated March 18, 2002. (Added trim drawing and corrected valve dimensions.) Check Valve 804 b January 31, 2005 Viking technical data may be found on The Viking Corporation's Web site at http://www.vikingcorp.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this technical data page. 7. GUARANTEES For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact The Viking Corporation directly. 8. OPERATION (Refer to Figure 1 on page 804c or Figure 2 on page 804d.) Flow through the Viking Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve lifts the rub - ber-gasketed clapper (4 and 5) off the seat (7) to enter the sprinkler piping. When flow through the valve stops, the spring loaded clapper (4) closes quickly. The rubber gasket (5) forms a tight seal against the brass water seat (7), trap- ping pressure above the clapper and preventing reverse flow from sprinkler piping. 9. INSTALLATION The Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve must be installed in an area not subject to physical damage. When corrosive at- mospheres and /or contaminated water supplies are present, it is the owner's re- sponsibility to verify compatibility with the Check Valve and associated equip- ment. Prior to installing the valve, thoroughly flush the water supply piping to verify that no foreign matter is present. The Check Valve may be installed in the vertical or horizontal position in line with the directional flow arrow. Hydrostatic Test: The Check Valve is manufactured and listed for use at a maximum water work- ing pressure of 250 psi (1 724 kPa). The valve is factory tested at 500 psi (3 447 kPa). Check Valves may be hydro- statically tested at 300 psi (2 069 kPa) and /or 50 psi (345 kPa) above the nor- mal water working pressure, for limited periods of time (two hours), for the pur- pose of acceptance by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. If air testing is re- quired, do not exceed 60 psi (415 kPa) air pressure. 10. INSPECTIONS and TESTS NOTICE: The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire- protection system and devices in proper operating condi- tion. The Viking Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve must be kept free of for- eign matter, freezing conditions (when used on wet systems), corrosive atmo- spheres, contaminated water supplies, and any condition that could impair its operation or damage the device. It is imperative that the system be in- spected and tested on a regular basis. The frequency of the inspections may vary due to contaminated water sup- plies, corrosive water supplies, and cor- rosive atmospheres. For minimum maintenance and inspection require- ments, refer to the National Fire Protec- tion Association's pamphlet that de- scribes care and maintenance of sprin- kler systems. In addition, the Authority Having Jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection re- quirements which must be followed. WARNING: Any system maintenance which involves placing a control valve or detection system out of service may eliminate the fire- protection capabilities of that system. Prior to proceeding, no- tify all the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to em- ployment of a fire patrol in the affected areas. 10 -A Five -Year Internal Inspec- tion Internal inspection of Check Valves is recommended every five years unless inspections and tests indicate more fre- quent inspections are required. Referto Figure 1 on page 804c or Figure 2 on page 804d. 1. Notify the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion, remote station alarm monitors, and those in the area affected that the system will be taken out of ser- vice. Consideration should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the affected areas. 2. Close the water supply Main Control Valve, placing the system out of ser- vice. 3. Open the main drain. If necessary, open the system test valve to vent and completely drain the system. 4. Remove necessary fittings and /or piping to allow visual inspection. 5. Inspect the water seat (7). Wipe away all contaminants, dirt, and mineral deposits. Do not use solvents or ab- rasives. 6. Inspect the clapper for debris. Test the clapper (4) for freedom of move- ment. Caution: NEVER apply any lubricant to seats, gaskets, or any internal operating parts of the valve. Petroleum -based grease or oil will damage rubber compo- nents and may prevent proper opera- tion. 11. VALVE MAINTENANCE (Refer to Figure 1 on page 804c or Figure 2 on page 804d.) 1. Perform steps 1 through 5 of para- graph 10 -A FIVE -YEAR INTERNAL INSPECTION. 2. To remove clapper rubber (5): A. Use proper wrench and disassem- ble valve from system piping. B. Inspect the clapper and rubber from inlet end. If the clapper rub- ber shows signs of wear, such as cracking, cuts, or excessively deep grooves where the rubber contacts the water seat, replace the valve. January 31, 2005 Check Valve 804 c INo replacement parts available. Replace complete valve. I 2 7/8 1 15/16 2 112 1 9/16 [72.23] [49.211 163.501 [39.691 t 8 i t Connect POn 10 I Q 1 2 Connectlan 30 9 9 3 4 5/8 [117.487 8 3 5 1/4 [133.287 4 2 5/16 5 4 2 5/16 5 [58J41 1 9 6 [58.671 1 6 SECTION A -A 7 7 1 -112' NPT Threaded 2' NPT Threaded Spring Loaded Spring Loaded In -Line Check Valve In -Line Check Valve with 3/4' NPT Drain Connection with 3/4' NPT Drain Connection THREADED 2 7/8' 1 15/16' 2 5/8' 1 11/16' [73.021 [49.217 [66.683 [42.861 1 3/4' NPT 8 1 3/4' NPT 8 1 2 Connection 10 2 Connection 10 9 1 y I 6 5 /8' 3 153 99] � 1 3 4 [169.07] � i 4 3 1 /8' 1 5 5 3 1/16' [7938] 6 [78 1/21 I 6 7 7 1 -112' NPT Grooved 2' NPT Grooved Spring Loaded Spring Loaded In -line Check Valve In -line Check Valve with 3/4' NPT Drain Connection with 3/4' NPT Drain Connection GROOVED Item Description Material No. Req'd. No. 1 Body, Threaded or Grooved Brass, ASTM C -83600 1 2 Guide Pin UNS- S30300 Stainless Steel 1 3 Spring 302 Stainless Steel 1 Clapper, 2" valve UNS- C46400 Naval Brass 1 4 Clapper, 1 -1/2" valve UNS- C83600 Naval Brass 1 5 Seat Rubber EPDM, ASTM D2000 1 6 0-ring Buna -N 1 7 Seat Brass, ASTM C -83600 1 8 Data Plate Aluminum Etched 1 9 Bushing, Guide Rod Stainless Steel, Type 17 -4 1 10 3/4" Pipe Plug Brass 1 INo replacement parts available. Replace complete valve. I Check Valve 804 d January 31, 2005 1 -1/2" & 2" SPRING ` LOADED IN -LINE CHECK VALVE REMOVE PIPE PLUG AT ASSEMBLY Water Gauge Side Outlet 1/4" Valve Pipe �® Plug 1/4" x 1 -112" (38,1) 1/2" Pipe Plug 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/4" Tee 1/2" 2" (50,8; 1-1/2" & 2" MODEL L -1 & K -1 CHECK VALVETRIM CHART Replaces page 804a -d dated March 18, 2002. (Added Form No. F_012202 trim drawing and corrected valve dimensions.) Models Available '- ccvl On -a UL /FM Models SSM24 -6 SSM 24 -8 SSM24 -10 SSV120 -6 SSV120 -8 SSV120 -10 ULC /Canadian Models SSM 24 -6A SSM 24 -8A SSM 24 -10A SSV120 -6A SSV120 -8A SSV120 -10A Weatherproof Back Box WBB Product Overview Approved for indoor and outdoor use System Sensor's SSM and SSV series bells are low current, high decibel notifi- Low current draw cation appliances for use in fire and burglary systems or other signaling appli- cations. Nigh dB output Three sizes available 6 ", 8 ", 10" AC and DC models DC models are polarized for use with supervision circuitry Mount directly to standard 4" square electrical box Engineering Specifications U ` UC © FM LISTED — S4011 CS549 3005255 MEA " approved 7135- 1653:125 331 -01 -E 7135- 1653:100 Reliable Performance. The SSM and SSV series provide loud resonant tones. The SSM series operate on 24VDC and are motor driven, while the SSV series operate on 120VAC utilizing a vibrating mechanism. Simplified Installation. For indoor use, the SSM and SSV series mount to a standard 4 inch square electrical box. For outdoor applications, weather- proof back box, model number WBB, is used. The SSM and SSV series come pre- wired, to reduce installation time. The SSM series incorporate a polarized electrical design for use with supervision circuitry. Model shall be a SSM or SSV Series alarm bell. Bells shall have underdome strikers and operating mechanisms. Gongs on said bells shall be no smaller than nominal 6 "/8 "/10" (specify size) with an operating voltage of 24VDC or 120VAC (specify by part number). Bells shall be suitable for surface or semi - flush mounting. Outdoor surface mounted installations shall be weatherproof (using optional WBB weatherproof electrical box). Otherwise bells shall mount to a standard 4" square electrical box having a maximum projection of 2% ". Bells shall be located as shown on the drawings or as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Bells shall be listed for indoor /outdoor use by Underwriters Laboratories and the California State Fire Marshal, and approved by Factory Mutual and MEA. Standard Specifications Operating Temperature Range —31 *F to 140 °F Operating Voltage SSM series 24VDC SSV series 120VAC Termination Service Use Provided with 2 sets of leads for Fire Alarm in /out wiring. General Signaling Burglar Alarm Warranty 3 years Model Gong Diameter (inches) Nominal Voltage Operating Voltage Limit Maximum Current Sound Output (dBA) SSM 24-6 6 Regulated SSM24 -10 SSM24 -1OA 82 SSM24 -8 8 24VDC 16 to 33VDC DC- 31.1mA/ 80 SSM 24 -10 10 Bell, 10 ", 12OVAC, 82dBA WB6 FW R- 53.5mA 81 SSV12O -6 6 Regulated 85 SSV120 -8 8 12OVAC 96 to 132VAC 53mA 82 SSV120 -10 10 82 * Sound output measured at Underwriter Laboratories, as specified in UL464 Ordering Information UL /FM Model Numbers ULC /Canadian Models Description SSM24 -6 SSM24 -6A Bell, 6 ", 24VDC, Polarized, 82dBA SSM24 -8 SSM24 -8A Bell, 8 ", 24VDC, Polarized, 8OdBA SSM24 -10 SSM24 -1OA Bell, 10 ", 24VDC, Polarized, 81dBA SSV12O -6 SSV12O -6A Bell, 6 ", 12OVAC, 85dBA SSV12O -8 SSV12O -8A Bell, 8 ", 12OVAC, 82dBA SSV120 -10 SSV12O -1OA Bell, 10 ", 12OVAC, 82dBA WB6 Weatherproof Back Box for SSM and SSV series, when installed outdoors System Sensor Sales and Service System Sensor Headquarters System Sensor Canada System Sensor in China 3825 Ohio Avenue Ph: 905.812.0767 Ph: 86.29.8832.0119 St. Charles, IL 60174 Fx: 905.812.0771 Fx: 86.29.8832.5110 Ph: 800 /SENSOR2 System Sensor Europe System Sensor in Singapore Fx: 630/377-6495 Ph: 44.1403.276500 Ph: 65.6273.2230 www.systemsensor.com Fx: 44.1403.276501 Fx: 65.6273.2610 System Sensor — Far East Ph: 85.22.191.9003 Fx: 85.22.736.6580 System Sensor — Australia Ph: 613.54.281.142 Fx: 613.54.281.172 System Sensor — India Ph: 91.124.637.1770 x.2700 Fx: 91.124.637.3118 System Sensor — Russia Ph: 70.95.937.7982 Fx: 70.95.937.79838 ® 2005 System Sensor. The company reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. A05-0260-007.9/05• #1521 Models Available WFDT Waterflow Detector WFDTNR Waterflow Detector WFDT Waterflow Detector WFDTA Waterflow Detector (ULC /Canadian) WFDTNR Waterflow Detector ( non - retard) Replacement Parts A77 -01 -02 Terminal Block for WFDT A77 -01 -08 Terminal Block for WFDTNR A3008 -00 Retard Mechanism PRK9 Paddle Kit 546 -7000 Cover Tamper Switch Kit S07 -66 -02 Tamper Screws for Cover WFDW Cover Wrench WFDN4 NEMA -4 Gasket Kit C58- 164 -01 Metal Cover C58- 195 -01 Plastic Cover (WFDTNR) Product Overview Sealed retard mechanism (Model WFDT) System Sensor WFDT Retard and WFDTNR Non - Retard T -Tap Waterflow Detectors assures that the retard is not contami- are designed for primary signaling in residential systems and branch line signaling nated by dust and dirt when the cover is in larger systems. Both models fit any tee that has a 1'" NPT branch, including: 1 ", removed IV, 1%" and 2" NPT threaded ferrous and brass tees; 1'", 11/4"', IL*" and 2' copper enclose the electrical components to keep out dust and dirt. Improved self-guid- detectors sweat tees; Central, Spears® and Victaulic® brand 1" CPVC tees; and 11h'" polybutyl- Visual Switch Activation (Model WFDT) ene tees. permits installer to accurately set the 05169 retard even under extremely Design. The design of the WFDT and WFDTNR makes them easy to install and noisy conditions simple to maintain. Either can be mounted in the vertical or horizontal position. Two conduit openings permit easy attachment to the local alarm system. The 100% Synchronization activates both retard mechanism (Model WFDT only) and switch assemblies are field - replaceable. alarm panel and local bell simultaneously Features. Twelve different flexible plastic paddles fit 1"', 11/4', 1112', and 2- tees. Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire Sizes are marked clearly on the paddle for ease of installation. Plastic paddles 167-93,E slip over the actuating lever and are securely fastened with one screw. The handy depth gauge insures the proper installation depth and clearance of the detector to the tee. Construction. The WFDT and WFDTNR include a durable tamper resistant enclosure and rugged switch assembly. The long lasting covers completely ` U C enclose the electrical components to keep out dust and dirt. Improved self-guid- detectors ing security screws and removal tools make resistant to tampering and LISTED 05169 simplify field maintenance. Dual SPDT switches are enclosed in a durable termi- 5739 nal block for added strength. 00 MEA approved 7770 - 1209:149 167-93,E Engineering Specifications General Specifications Model shall be a WFDT or WFDTNR as manufactured by System Sensor. T -tap waterflow detectors shall be Static Pressure Rating installed on a tee that has a 1" NPT branch including: 1 ", 11 /a ", 11/1 or 2" threaded ferrous or brass tee; 1 -2" cop- 250 PSI per sweat tees; Central, Spears® and Victaulic® brand 1" CPVC tees; or i'A' polybutylene tee as designated on the drawings and/or as specified herein. Detectors shall mount on any clear pipe span of the appropriate size, either Triggering Threshold Bandwidth (Flow Rate) a vertical or horizontal run at least 6" from any fittings or valves which may change water direction, flow rate, or 4 - 10 GPM pipe diameter or no closer than 24" from a valve or drain. Detectors shall have a sensitivity in the range of 4 to 10 Maximum Surge gallons per minute and a static pressure rating of 250 psi. The retard t -tap detector shall be a sealed mechanical 18 FPS pneumatic unit with visual indication of actuation. The actuation mechanism shall include a polyethylene vane inserted through the tee fitting and connected by a mechanical linkage to the delay mechanism. The non - retard Compatible Tee Fittings t -tap detector shall respond with no time delay to waterflow in the specified direction and range. Outputs shall Threaded ferrous and brass tees, copper sweat consist of dual SPDT switches (Form C contacts). Two conduit entrances (one of which is a knockout type) for tees, CPVC tees, and polybutylene tees standard fittings of commonly used electrical conduit shall be provided on the detectors. A grounding provision is provided. All detectors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for indoor or outdoor use. Contact Ratings Two sets of SPOT (Form C) 10.0 A @ 125/250 VAC 2.5A @24VDC Electrical Connections for WFDT Overall Dimensions, Installed WFDT: 4.5 "Hx3.75 "Wx6.7 "L 0 Q (11.4cm H x 9.5cm W x 17cm Q Onsamaxxx 'A­ O WFDTNR: 3.75" H x 3.25" W x 4.25" L e W1A�YP oM o NOTE: Common and B connections will �r SH ES close when vane Is deflected, Le., (9.5cm H x 8.2cm x W x 10.8cm L) AHP DOE A ACOPONENTS when water Is flowing. Dual switches COQ IEMY•STATEA GDl� Oraslnpleldetectortobecombined Conduit Entrances 9 2 openings for /2" conduit SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 O 0 O Operating Temperature Range A B A CONTACT RATINGS 32 °F - 120-F (0 °C - 49 °C) ® � 125/250 VAC 10 AMPS Cover Tamper Switch 24 VOC 2.5 AMPS UL Models: optional P/N 546 -7000 WFDTH WFDTH ULC /Canadian Models: factory installed WFDT WFDT --- - -- - - B - - - -- -- - -• B s � B e Enclosure To nonsllenceable end -of -line resistor UL Indoor /Outdoor Rated Initiating zone of listed FACP coM corA corn I coM Shipping Weight ---------------- - - - - -- WFDT: 2.6 Ibs. (1.2 kg.) Typical FACP Connection WFDTNR: 1.5 lbs. (0.7 kg.) Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D B Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R To power source local National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA 72 compatible bell Break wire as shown for with bell coM supervision of connection. DO NOT allow stripped wire Warranty WFDT and WFDTH leads to extend beyond 3 years switch assembly switch housing. DO NOT Typical Local Bell Connection loop wires. U.S. Patent Nos. 3,845,259; 4,782,333; 5,213,205 Ordering Information Model Number Description Delay Adjustment Dial WFDT * Waterflow Detector, Fits 1', il/a", i'/2 ", 2" ferrous and brass threaded tees; 1', 11/4", 1'/2-. 2" copper sweat tees; 1" CPVC tees; and 11/2" polybutylene tees WFDTNR * Waterflow Detector, non - retard, fits same tees as Model WFDT o,AL S a Delay 0E E EV,Y IN a 00hj A77 -01 -02 Replacement Terminal Block for WFDT adjustment 2o�o't o A77 -01 -08 Replacement Terminal Block for WFDTNR dial 0 A3008-00 Replacement Retard Mechanism PRK9 Replacement Paddle Kit - 12 paddles for WFDT and WFDTNR (see WFDT for sizes) O ° h h 546 -7000 Cover Tamper Switch Kit for WFDT 45 S07 -66-02 Replacement Tamper Screws for Covers of WFDT, WFDTNR WFDW Replacement Tamper Proof Wrench for Cover of WFDT, WFDTNR WFDN4 NEMA -4 Gasket Kit NOTE: Retard time may exceed 90 seconds. C58 -16401 Replacement Metal Cover Adjust and verity that time does not exceed 90 seconds. C58- 195-01 Replacement Plastic Cover (WFDTNR) *ULC version designated with -A" suffix (WFDTA. WFDT NRA). System Sensor Sales and Service System Sensor Headquarters System Sensor Canada System Sensor In China System Sensor - Far East System Sensor - India 3825 Ohio Avenue Ph: 905.812.0767 Ph: 86.29.8832.0119 Ph: 85.22.191.9003 Ph: 91.124.237.1770 x.2700 St. Charles, IL 60174 Fx: 905.812.0771 Fx: 86.29.8832.5119 Fx: 85.22.736.6580 Fx: 91.124.237.3118 Ph: 800 /SENSOR2 System Sensor Europe System Sensor In Singapore System Sensor - Australia System Sensor - Russia Fx: 630/377-6495 Ph: 44.1403.891920 Ph: 65.6273.223D Ph: 613.54.281.142 Ph: 70.95.937.7982 www.systemsensor.com Fx: 44.1403.891921 Fx: 65.6273.2610 Fx: 613.54.281.172 Fx: 70.95.937.7983 02005 System Sensor. The company reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. A05-0195-010.6/05 #1385 Spears" is a registered trademark of the Spears Manufacturing Company; Victaulic° is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company of America. t LjCO Flow Tyco Fire Control Products FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE & FITTINGS SUBMITTAL SHEET TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS 451 North Cannon Avenue Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 www.tyco-fire.com TECHNICAL SERVICES TEL: (800) 381 -9312 • FAx. (800) 791 -5500 E-MAIL: techserv@tycofp.com No. 19-1.5 TD915 4- 1.1.20 9/2001 (ISO) Introduction Tyco Fire Products (TFP) BlazeMaster® CPVC pipe and fittings are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems. They are made from a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art additives. TFP BlazeMaster® CPVC products are easier to install than traditional steel pipe systems, and at Technical Data the same time, they provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapters are available to connect CPVC pipe to metallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for durability. Grooved adapters connect directly to grooved end valves and metallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. Sizes: 3/4" - 3" Manufacture Source: U.S.A. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi Material: Approvals: UL, FM, CUL, NSF, Dade County, LPCB, Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 MEA, and the City of Los Angeles Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) and Note: See current TFP BlazeMaster Installation Instructions and ASTM F439 (Sch. 80) Technical Manual, for exact listing./approval information Color: Orange 4I :, Nom.Pipe Size Avg. O.D. Inches Avg. I.D. Inches Wt. Lbs./Ft. Wt. IhO filled Pipe Lbs./Ft. Ft. of Pipe per Lift Wt. per Lift lbs. 3/4" 1.050 0.874 0.17 0.43 7875 1413 V. 1.315 1.101 0.26 0.67 5040 1320 1'/4" 1.660 1.394 0.42 1.07 2835 1191 3/4' 1.900 1.598 0.55 1.40 2205 1136 2" 2.375 2.003 0.86 2.20 1260 1063 2 'h° 2.875 2.423 1.26 3.22 1215 1531 3" 3.500 2.952 1.87 4.79 720 1344 45° Elbow MENEM Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80050 3/4" 40 3/9" 0.08 lb. 80051 1" 40 3/9" 0.11 lb. 80052 11/4" 40 14" 0.20 lb. 80053 1 1'h" 80 1 7/,6" 021 lb. 80054 2" 80 3/4' 0.56 lb. 80055 2' /2" 80 3/4" 0.89 lb. 80056 3" 80 1" 1.19 lb. Tee Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80000 3/4" 40 %" 0.11 lb. 80001 1" 40 3/4" 0.19 lb. 80002 11/4" 40 7A" 0.26 lb. 80003 1'h" 80 1" 0.51 lb. 80004 2" 80 13/.' 0.90 lb. 80005 21h" 80 19/,8' 1.59 lb. 80006 3" 80 1'1/16" 2.41 lb. Reducing 90° Elbow Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. lb. 1 2 80032 1 " x 3/4" 1 40 " /,.' 13,8' 10. 16 Reducing Cross Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. lb. 1 3/4" 80015 1" x 3/4" 1 40 1 ",s" " /,8' 0.28 90° Elbow Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80025 3/4" 40 9,6 0.09 lb. 80026 1" 40 3/4' 0.14 lb. 80027 11/4" 40 IN' 0.211b. 80028 1'h" 80 11,.' 0.40 lb. 80029 2" 80 11/4" 0.79 lb. 80030 21h" 80 1'h" 1.14 lb. 80031 3" 80 113/,8' 1.82 lb. Cross Part No. Size Sch. T/O I Wt. 80009 3/4" 40 1 0.13 lb. 80010 1" 40 15,.' 0.23 lb. 80011 11/4" 40 15,8' 0.34 lb. 80012 1'h" 80 1' /,.' 0.67 lb. 80013 2" 80 13/8' 1.00 lb. 80014 21h" 80 19/,.' 1.91 lb. 80008 3" 80 113/,.' 2.89 lb. T/O Coupling _ _._ _._ _. Cap Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80075 3/4" 40 ' /e" 0.071b. 80076 1" 40 '/6" 0.111b. 80077 1'/4" 40 3/16" 0.121b. 80078 1'/2" 80 3/16" 0.251b. 80079 2" 80 3/16" 0.381b. 80080 2'/2" 80 3/16' 0.671b. 80081 3" 80 3/16" 0.911b. T/O Part No.1 Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80100 3/4" 40 e /,6" 0.041b. 80101 1" 40 3/e" 0.061b. 80102 11/4" 40 '/2" 0.101b. 80103 11/2' 80 5/6" 0.201b. 80104 2" 80 5/e" 0.311b. 80105 21/2' 80 1/6" 0.581b. 80106 3" 80 1" 0.881b. T/O Grooved -T Coupling ......... Pipe - Pipe O.D. Adapter - - I Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. Pipe OD 80160 11/4" x 1'/4" Grooved 40 2 5/,6' 0.78 Ib. 11/4" (1.660 ") 80161 11h" x 1'/2" Grooved 80 2 5/,e' 0.95 Ib. 1'h" (1.900 ") 80162 2" x 2" Grooved 80 25/16" 1.42 Ib. 2" (2.375 ") 80163 21/2" x 21/2" Grooved 80 2'/16" 2.28 Ib. I 21/2" (2.875 ") 80164 3" x 3" Grooved 80 21/4" 3.00 Ib. 3" (3.500 ") 80168 3" x 76.1 mm Grooved 80 21/4" 2.72 Ib. 1 76.1 mm (3.000 ") T/O Female Adapter Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80142 3/4" x 3/4" NPT 40 5/e" 0.41 Ib. 80145 1" x 1" NPT 40 3/4" 0.63 Ib. 80146 11/4" x 1'/4" NPT 40 ' /e" 1.03 Ib. 80147 1'/2" x 11h" NPT 80 1" 1.42 Ib. 80148 2" x 2" NPT 80 1 1Y." 1 2.66 Ib. _. T/O Male ._._._. Adapter Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80157 3 /4' x 3/4" NPT 40 15 /,s' 0.33 Ib. 80158 1" x 1" NPT 40 13/6" 0.56 Ib. /O Reducing _. db _ Coupling Part No. Size Sch. T/O I Wt. 80220 1 " x 3/4" 40 /s" 0.08 Ib. T/O Reducer _ _. Bushing Part No. Size Sch. T/O I Wt. 80200 1" x3/4" 40 '/,8' 0.041b. 80201 1'A" x 3/4" 40 '/16' 0.11 Ib. 80202 1'/4" x 1" 40 5/,6" 0.12 Ib. 80203 1'/2" x 34" 80 5 /e" 0.16 Ib. 80204 1'/2" x 1" 80 '/2" 0.14 Ib. 80205 11/2" x 11/4" 80 3/e" 0.17 Ib. 80206 2" x 3/4' 80 3/4" 0.27 1b. 80207 2" x 1" 80 "he" 0.26 Ib. 80208 2" x 11/4" 80 9/,e" 0.24 Ib. 80209 2" x 1'/2" 80 '/16" 0.19 Ib. 80215 21/2" x 1" 80 115/,6' 0.42 Ib. 80214 21h" x 1'/4" 80 13/4" 0.45 Ib. 80213 21/2" x 1'/2" 80 15/6° 0.46 Ib. 80211 21/2" x 2" 80 Vhe" 0.29 IbqIb". 80210 3" x 2" 80 2 3/,6" 0.7 80212 3" x 2'/2" 80 115/16" 0.4 i 1 Reducing _ T' Tee T /O' T /O' Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. Ib. 1 T 2 3 80132 3/4" x 3 /4' x 1" 40 3/4" 3/4" 5/e' 0.14 80133 1" x 3 /a' x 3/4" 40 1/2" " /,6" 3/4" 0.14 80134 1" x3/4" x 1" 40 5 /e" 3/4" 14" 0.17 80260 1 " x 1 " x 3/4" 40 3/4" 3 /a" "/, s" 0.16 80135 11/4" x 1" x 3/4" 40 ' /,e" 3/4" 5/, 6" 0.21 80136 1'/4" x 1" x 1" 40 11/16" 3/4" 15 /16" 0.22 80137 11/4" x 1" x 1'/4" 40 13/16" 75/16" 13/,6' 0.26 80261 11/4" x 1'/4" x 3/4" 40 5/a' V." ' /e" 0.23 80262 11/4" x 1'/4" x 1" 40 3/4" 3/4 ' ' /e" 0.26 80138 11/4" x 1'/4" x 1'/2" 80 1-- J" 1 " 0.43 80140 11/2" x 11/4" x 3/4" 80 Ih" S/6" 1 " 0.36 80141 11/2" x 11/4" x 1" 80 1/2" 5 /8" 1'h" 0.38 60263 1'h" x 1'/2" x3/4" 80 9 /,e" 9 /,e" 1" 0.36 80264 11/2" x 11h" x 1" 80 9 /1e" 9/16" 1" 0.38 80275 11/2" x 11/2" x 11/4" 80 ' /e" ' /e" 1 " 0.45 80265 2" x 2" x3/4" 80 3/4' 3/4' 13/e" 0.61 80266 2" x 2" x 1" 80 Vol' ' /e" 13/8' 0.66 80274 2" x 2" x 11/4" 80 11. 1 " 13/6" 0.74 80267 2" x 2" x 1'/2" 80 1'/e" 1' /e" 13/6" 0.78 80271 21/2" x 21/2" x 1" 80 1 11/16' 1 11/18 "' 19 /16" 1.43 80272 21/2" x 21/2" x 1'/4" 80 1 "/16" 111/16.' 19he" 1.46 80273 21/2" x 21/2' x 1'/2" 80 111/,6" 1 "/,6' 19/18' 1.48 80276 21/2" x 21/i x 2" 80 1 11/16' 1 11/16" 19/,6" 1.50 80270 3" x 3" x 11/2" 80 13/4" 1 13/4" 113/18' 2.28 80268 3" x 3" x 2" 80 13/4" 13/4" 13/4" 2.25 80269 3" x 3" x 21/2" 80 13/4" 13/4" 115/16" 2.44 Ing. I AMR" T/O Sprinkler Head Adapter Ei6_ with Brass Threaded Insert Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80175E 3h" x' /2" NPT 80 '/16' 0.201b. 80176E 1" x 1h" NPT 80 '/,6" 0.22 Ib. 80177WL 'A" x' /2' NPT 40 9/16" 0.16 Ib. 80179 1 x 344' NPT 40 3/4' 0.43 Ib. Sprinkler Head Adapter (Spigot) with Brass Threaded Insert Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80177L 3 /4" x' /z' NPT 40 'h" 0.161b. 80178 1" x' /2" NPT 40 'h" 1 0.20 Ib. Sprinkler Head Adapter 90° Elbow with Brass Threaded Insert Part No. Size Sch. T /02 Wbt. 1 3/4' x 1h" NPT 80199 3/4' x' /z" NPT 40 'A" 15/,6' 0.20 80189 1" x' /2' NPT 40 13/,6" 13/16' 0.26 Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee with Brass Threaded Insert E N 11910 IBM T/O Sprinkler Head Adapter lib _ with Brass Threaded Insert Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. 80175W 3/4' x 1h" NPT 40 ' / %" 0.19 Ib. 80176W 1" x'h" NPT 40 '/,a' 0.18 Ib, Back -to -Back Cross with Brass Threaded Insert Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. Ib. 1 2 80462 1" x 1" x' /2" NPT x'h" NPT 40 5 /a' 1' /e 0.46 80463 1" x 1" x'h" NPTx'h" NPT 40 5/a' 15/,6" 0.47 Back -to -Back Tee with Brass Threaded Insert Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. Ib. 1 2 80459 1" x'h" NPT x' /z' NPT 40 "/16" 15/16' 0.48 80460 1" x' /2" NPT x' /2" NPT 40 "/,a' 1'/6" 0.46 Part No. Size Sch. T/O Wt. Ib. 1 2 3 80250 3 /4" x 3 /4" x 1h" NPT 40 5 /a' Va' 1" 0.22 80251 1" x 1" x 1h" NPT 40 11/16" 1'/16" 13/16' 0.29 80249 1" x 1" x 1" NPT 40 15/16" 15/10' 1'/16' 0.73 80256 11/4' x 1" Lh" NPT 40 7/16" 9/16' 1'/a' 0.30 80252 11/4' x 11/4' x'h" NPT 40 7/16" '/16" 1'h" 0.31 80257 1'h" x 11/4" x'h" NPT 80 9/16' %11 1'/16" 0.43 80254 1'h" x 1'h" x'h" NPT 80 9/16" 9/16' 1'/16' 0.46 80258 2" x Vh" x' /2" NPT 80 1h" S/6" 15/6" 0.56 80253 2" x 2" x'h" NPT 80 1/2" 'h" 15/6" 0.62 Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire Products are warranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in material and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by Tyco Fire Products. No warranty is given for products or components manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with Tyco Fire Products or for products and components which have been subject to misuse, improper installation, corrosion, or which have not been installed maintained, modified or repaired in accordance with applicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and/or the standards of any other Authorities Having jurisdiction. Materials found by Tyco Fire Products to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at Tyco Fire Products sole option. Tyco Fire Products neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of products. Tyco Fire Products shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by Buyer or Buyer's representatives. IN NO EVENT SHALL TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS BE LIABLE, IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, FOR INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LABOR CHARGES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS WAS INFORMED ABOUT THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL TYCO FIRE PRODUCT'S LIABILITY EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE SALES PRICE. THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS MADE IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 'fZlCO /Flow Control/ Tyco Fire Products Fig. 22 - Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe Single Fastener Strap Type Size Range — 3/4" thru 2" CPVC pipe Material — Carbon Steel, Pre - Galvanized Function — Intended to perform as a hanger to support only CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. The product acts as a hanger when tab is upward and the fastener screw is in the horizontal position. Figure 22 can be installed on the top of a beam, but in this situation acts as a guide to the piping which is supported by the beam itself. It is not intended to support CPVC pipe from under a flat horizontal surface, such as a ceiling. For this type of installation, use the TOLCOW Fig. 23, Double Fastener Strap for CPVC Piping. Fig. 22, when inverted, with the hanger tab downward, can function as a restrainer to prevent the upward movement of the sprinkler head during activation. Approvals — Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13,1311 and 13D. @c@ Features — Fig. 22 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design" pro- tects CPVC pipe from any rough surface. It is easily attached to the building structure using the special UL Listed hex head self threading screw furnished with the product, this is the minimum size fastener acceptable. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with a hex socket attachment to be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) or impact fasteners (such as drive screws or nails) are allowed. Damage has been know to result from installations using impact type tools. No pre - drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. Finish — Pre - Galvanized Note — Fastener into light gauge metal may be ordered separately. Minimum acceptable: #10 x 1" Hardened Self Threading Screw with 5/16" hex washer head. Order By — Figure number and CPVC pipe size. " Patent Pending Office /Manufacturing Facility • 1375 Sampson Ave - Corona. CA 92879 • Ph: 951.737.5599 • Fax 951.737.0330 M Customer Service • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Dimensions • Weights CPVC Max. Hanger Fastener Hex Approx. Pipe Size A B C Spacing (Ft.) Head Size WtJ100 3/4 27/16 15/16 13/16 51/2 5/16 9 1 2 11/,6 17/16 13/16 6 5/16 9 1'/< 31/,6 15/6 13/16 6'/2 5/16 11 1'/z 35/,6 13/a 13/,6 7 5/16 12 2 33/4 21/6 1 3/ 6 8 5/16 15 Office /Manufacturing Facility • 1375 Sampson Ave - Corona. CA 92879 • Ph: 951.737.5599 • Fax 951.737.0330 M Customer Service • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Fig. 23 - Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe Double Fastener Strap Type Size Range — 3/4" thru 2" CPVC pipe Material — Carbon Steel, Pre - Galvanized Function — Intended to perform as a hanger /restrainer to support only CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Can be installed on the top or on the bottom of a beam. The Fig. 23 can also be installed on the side of a beam. The Fig. 23 can also function as a restrainer to prevent the upward movement of the sprinkler head during activation. Approvals — Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Features — Fig. 23 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design* protects the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. It also incorporates snap restrainers allow- J ing easier and faster installation. Easily attaches to the building C structure using the two UL Listed hex head self threading screws ** furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with a hex socket attachment be used as installa- tion tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) or impact fasteners (such as drive screws or nails) are allowed. Damage has been known to result from installations using impact type tools. No pre - drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. Finish — Pre - Galvanized Order By — Figure number and pipe size * Patent Pending ** Hardened hex head self threading screw is furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. X04 OfficelManufacturing Facility • 1375 Sampson Ave • Corona, CA 92879 • Ph: 951.737.5599 • Fax: 951.737.0330 1 Customer Service • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Dimensions • Weights CPVC Max. Hanger Fastener Hex Approx. Pipe Size A B C Spacing (Ft.) Head Size Wt. /100 3/4 31/a 19/,6 13/16 51/2 5/16 9 1 33/8 1 11/16 13/16 6 5/16 9 1'/< 43/16 23/32 13/16 6'/2 5/16 11 11/2 41,6 21/32 13/16 7 5/16 12 2 4' /a 21/,6 13/16 8 5/16 15 OfficelManufacturing Facility • 1375 Sampson Ave • Corona, CA 92879 • Ph: 951.737.5599 • Fax: 951.737.0330 1 Customer Service • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com SINGLE INLET FUNCTION: Used as an auxiliary inlet connection to supplement the fire protection water supply. Provides unobstructed waterway. Flush design desirable when appearance is a factor. REGULARLY FURNISHED: Brass plate with lettering as selected. Polished brass snoot with rigid end NPT x pin lug hose thread swivel, pin lug plug and chain. Round or square plate; size as selected by model number. With 4% "7rt.4 cm Round Plate With 8 "120.3 cm Round Plate With 8 "120.3 cm Square Plate Rough Brass Polished Model Size Model Type Size Model Size 5016 ...........2f "76.4 cm 5005 ..... F x F......1 % "73.8cm 5011 ...........2X "/6.4 cm 5017 ...21X1 "x 3 "76.4 cm x7.6 cm 5012 ...2'.71 "x 3 "76.4 cm x7.6 cm 5018 ............3 "776 cm OPTIONAL FINISHES: -D 5013 ............3 "77.6 cm Polished chrome plated (Refer LETTERING: AUTO SPKR SPECIFY: Thread and lettering to page 6 for special finishes) STANDPIPE FUNCTION: Used as an auxiliary inlet connection to supplement the fire protection water supply. Drop clappers provide unobstructed waterway. Flush design desirable when appearance is a factor. REGULARLY FURNISHED: Cast brass body with drop clappers. Size, outlet location and number of inlets as selected by model number. Polished brass plate with lettering as selected. Polished brass 2!� "76.4 cm double female snoots with rigid end NPT x pin lug hose thread swivels, pin lug plugs and chains. TWO -WAY INLET THREE -WAY INLET Back Outlet Top or Bottom Outlet n-E I -C -1 -E- H -1 I -A -1 -F Plate 15" - 38.1cm- -E- -I 31/2" 41/2' 8.9 cm 11.4 cm 9" t + 22.9 cm i 3" I I Snoot 7.6 cm 1112'3.8 cm. I - SUFFIX - F -G 3 "776 cm Female Hose Thread Inlet Back Outlet Top or Bottom Outlet -C -1 A I -H -1- IV �Gll IF _ 72/4" -E - -E 19.6 cm A - Plate E- 20" _ 50.8cm -I -E --E- _ -i 31/2" 41/2" I I I 8.9 cm 11.4 cm 9" t + + 22.9 cm I � 3" I I p -� Snoot 7.6 cm 11/z''3.8 cm`, I , SUFFIX - F I Model Outlet Size UL FM A B C D E F G H No. No. Location In. Listed Approval in. in. in. in. in. in. In. in. Inlets cm cm cm cm em cm cm cm cm 5021 Back 4 x 21h x 2'h 10.2x6.4x6.4 YES NO 11 27.9 6 15.2 5'h 14 6 15.2 7 17.8 11 27.9 _ 53/1 14.6 2 5025 Back 6 x 2'h x 2'h NO NO 12'/, 8' /. 7'/, 9'h 7'h 12 _ 5'/, 2 15.2 x 6.4 x 6.4 32.3 22.2 19.6 24.7 19 30.4 13.3 5031 Back 6 x 21h x 2'h x 2'h NO NO 16 11 73h 12'/, 6 10 6 5'/2 3 15.2 x 6.4 x 6.4 x 6.4 40.6 279 19.6 31.7 15.2 25.4 1 5.2 14 5022 Bottom 4 x 2'/2 x 2'/2 10.2x6.4x6.4 YES NO 11 27.9 6 15.2 51h 14 6 15.2 7 17.8 11 27.9 _ 5'/, 14.6 2 6 x 2'/2 x 21h NO NO 12'/. /, 7'/, 9'h 71h 12 _ 5'/, 2 5026 Bottom 15.2 x6.4x6.4 32.2 .2 19.6 24.7 19 30.4 13.3 6 x 2'h x 2'h x 2'/: NO NO 16 1 T/. 12Yz 6 10 6 5'h 3 5032 Bottom 15.2 x 6.4 x 6.4 x 6.4 40.6 .9 19.6 31.7 15.2 25.4 15.2 14 5023 Top 4 x 21h x 2'h 10.2x6.4x6.4 YES NO 11 279 .2 !22.2 5'h 14 6 15.2 7 178 11 27.9 _ 5'/. 14.6 2 6 x 2'h x 2'h NO NO 12'/, /, 7'/, 9'h 7'/2 12 _ 5'/, 2 5027 Top 15.2 x 6.4 x 6.4 32.3 19.6 24.7 19 30.4 13.3 Top 6 x 2'h x 2'/2 x 2'h NO NO 16 1 7'/, 12'/2 6 10 I 5033 15.2x6.4x6.4x6.4 0.6 .9 19.6 31.7 15.2 25.4 15.2 14 OPTIONAL FINISHES: LETTERING AVAILABLE: VARIATION: -D Polished Chrome Plated -SS Polished Stainless Steel Plate (Refer to page 6 for special finishes) AUTO SPKR STANDPIPE DRY STANDPIPE AUTO SPKR STANDPIPE (Refer to page 5 -8 for special lettering) -F Siilcock Flange Plate with Sillcock SPECIFY: Thread and lettering POTTER- ROEMER I vi4 A Division of Smith Industries, Inc. i � Ac low. °S 'STANDPIPE AU 10. SPKR. STANDPIPE 1s7 � s SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 1 DATE: 8/1/2006 51.2 C: \HASS78 \SILVER AVE CONDOS.SDF JOB TITLE: Silver Ave. Condo's OTHER HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCES 0.0 WATER SUPPLY DATA DISCHARGE FROM ACTIVE SPRINKLERS 51.2 GPM -3.0 SOURCE STATIC RESID. FLOW AVAIL. TOTAL REQ'D NODE PRESS. PRESS. @ PRESS. @ DEMAND PRESS. TAG (PSI) (PSI) (GPM) (PSI) (GPM) (PSI) Ul 60.0 55.0 940.0 60.0 51.2 42.1 AGGREGATE FLOW ANALYSIS: TOTAL FLOW AT SOURCE 51.2 GPM TOTAL HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCE AT SOURCE 0.0 GPM OTHER HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCES 0.0 GPM TOTAL DISCHARGE FROM ACTIVE SPRINKLERS 51.2 GPM NODE ANALYSIS DATA NODE TAG ELEVATION NODE TYPE PRESSURE DISCHARGE (FT) (PSI) (GPM) U2 -3.0 - - - - 42.1 - - - U3 -3.0 - - - - 37.1 - - - U4 -3.0 - - - - 37.0 - - - 1 1.0 - - - - 35.3 - - - 2 9.0 - - - - 30.8 - - - 3 9.0 - - - - 30.3 - - - 4 9.0 - - - - 28.0 - - - 5 9.0 - - - - 27.7 - - - 6 30.0 - - - - 16.9 - - - 7 30.0 - - - - 15.7 - - - 8 30.0 - - - - 15.5 - - - 9 30.0 K= 4.20 15.4 16.5 10 30.0 - - - - 15.3 - - - 11 30.0 K= 4.90 14.5 18.7 12 30.0 - - - - 15.3 - - - 13 30.0 K= 4.20 14.7 16.1 U1 -3.0 SOURCE 42.1 51.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 2 DATE: 8/1/2006 C: \HASS78 \SILVER AVE CONDOS.SDF JOB TITLE: Silver Ave. Condo's PIPE DATA PIPE TAG Q(GPM) DIA(IN) LENGTH PRESS. END ELEV. NOZ. PT DISC. VEL(FPS) HW(C) (FT) SUM. NODES (FT) (K) (PSI) (GPM) FL /FT (PSI) Pipe: 1 51.2 6.400 PL 3.00 PF 0.0 U1 -3.0 SRCE 42.1 (N /A) 0.5 140 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 U2 -3.0 0.0 42.1 0.0 0.000 TL 3.00 PV Pipe: 2 FIXED PRESSURE LOSS DEVICE U2 -3.0 0.0 42.1 0.0 5.0 psi, 51.2 gpm U3 -3.0 0.0 37.1 0.0 Pipe: 3 51.2 6.400 PL 87.00 PF 0.0 U3 -3.0 0.0 37.1 0.0 0.5 140 FTG 2L PE 0.0 U4 -3.0 0.0 37.0 0.0 0.000 TL 118.11 PV Pipe: 4 51.2 6.400 PL 4.00 PF 0.0 U4 -3.0 0.0 37.0 0.0 0.5 140 FTG - - -- PE -1.7 1 1.0 0.0 35.3 0.0 0.000 TL 4.00 PV Pipe: 5 51.2 2.157 PL 8.00 PF 1.0 1 1.0 0.0 35.3 0.0 4.5 120 FTG L2CB PE -3.5 2 9.0 0.0 30.8 0.0 0.022 TL 46.15 PV Pipe: 6 51.2 2.157 PL 18.00 PF 0.5 2 9.0 0.0 30.8 0.0 4.5 120 FTG L PE 0.0 3 9.0 0.0 30.3 0.0 0.022 TL 21.69 PV Pipe: 7 51.2 2.157 PL 104.00 PF 2.4 3 9.0 0.0 30.3 0.0 4.5 120 FTG L PE 0.0 4 9.0 0.0 28.0 0.0 0.022 TL 107.69 PV Pipe: 8 51.2 2.157 PL 7.00 PF 0.2 4 9.0 0.0 28.0 0.0 4.5 120 FTG L PE 0.0 5 9.0 0.0 27.7 0.0 0.022 TL 10.69 PV Pipe: 9 51.2 1.602 PL 21.00 PF 1.7 5 9.0 0.0 27.7 0.0 8.2 150 FTG E PE -9.1 6 30.0 0.0 16.9 0.0 0.062 TL 26.90 Pv Pipe: 10 51.2 1.400 PL 1.00 PF 1.3 6 30.0 0.0 16.9 0.0 10.7 150 FTG T PE 0.0 7 30.0 0.0 15.7 0.0 0.120 TL 10.72 PV Pipe: 11 16.5 1.400 PL 3.00 PF 0.2 7 30.0 0.0 15.7 0.0 3.4 150 FTG T PE 0.0 8 30.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 0.015 TL 12.72 PV Pipe: 12 16.5 1.109 PL 2.50 PF 0.1 8 30.0 0.0 15.5 0.0 5.5 150 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 9 30.0 4.2 15.4 16.5 0.046 TL 2.50 PV SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 3 DATE: 8/1/2006 C: \HASS78 \SILVER AVE CONDOS.SDF JOB TITLE: Silver Ave. Condo's PIPE TAG Q(GPM) DIA(IN) LENGTH PRESS. END ELEV. NOZ. PT DISC. VEL(FPS) HW(C) (FT) SUM. NODES (FT) (K) (PSI) (GPM) FL /FT (PSI) Pipe: 13 34.8 1.400 PL 5.50 PF 0.3 7 30.0 0.0 15.7 0.0 7.2 150 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 10 30.0 0.0 15.3 0.0 0.059 TL 5.50 PV Pipe: 14 18.7 1.109 PL 0.50 PF 0.8 10 30.0 0.0 15.3 0.0 6.2 150 FTG ET PE 0.0 11 30.0 4.9 14.5 18.7 0.058 TL 14.37 PV Pipe: 15 16.1 1.400 PL 5.00 PF 0.1 10 30.0 0.0 15.3 0.0 3.4 150 FTG - - -- PE 0.0 12 30.0 0.0 15.3 0.0 0.014 TL 5.00 PV Pipe: 16 16.1 1.109 PL 2.50 PF 0.5 12 30.0 0.0 15.3 0.0 5.4 150 FTG T PE 0.0 13 30.0 4.2 14.7 16.1 0.044 TL 12.41 PV NOTES: (1) Calculations were performed by the HASS 7.8 computer program under license no. 27021222 granted by HRS Systems, Inc. 4792 LaVista Road Tucker, GA 30084 (2) The system has been calculated to provide an average imbalance at each node of 0.004 gpm and a maximum imbalance at any node of 0.060 gpm. (3) Total pressure at each node is used in balancing the system. Maximum water velocity is 10.7 ft /sec at pipe 10. (4) PIPE FITTINGS TABLE Pipe Table Name: STANDARD.PIP PAGE: * MATERIAL: S40 HWC: 120 Diameter Equivalent Fitting Lengths in Feet (in) E T L C B G A D N Ell Tee LngEll ChkVly BfyVly GatVly AlmChk DPVly NPTee 1.109 2.62 6.56 2.62 6.56 7.87 1.31 13.11 13.11 6.56 1.400 3.22 6.44 2.15 7.51 6.44 1.07 10.73 10.73 6.44 1.602 3.90 7.81 1.95 8.78 5.86 0.98 9.76 9.76 7.81 2.157 6.15 12.31 3.69 13.54 7.38 1.23 12.31 12.31 12.31 6.400 18.19 38.98 11.69 41.58 12.99 3.90 36.38 36.38 38.98 SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 4 DATE: 8/l/2006 C: \HASS78 \SILVER AVE CONDOS.SDF JOB TITLE: Silver Ave. Condo's tr O O O G1 •11 U) �1 O O a U) a (D U) O H U) O a z u F:4 -1 a, Un w U) a w H 3 rl N rI N O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O CU l— l0 Ln IZV M N rl U<�D U 41 a, a w U) CO m a w — U) -, • O O w C9 O O O 0 O 0 O O N 0 a w a oa N b b) U U }4 N m u) p, ro Q z l4 a (2) N 7 N �4 C-) m o N w rl u) 70 u) U a A 04 N P, N a0 7 u) r-i N -ri to O ?i m �:l o cn cn rt3 b 6 Q N FCLna'ZI,�ro rl N rI N O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O CU l— l0 Ln IZV M N rl U<�D U 41 a, a w U) CO m a w — U) -, • O O w C9 O O O 0 O 0 O O N 0 a w SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS Page 5 DATE: 8/1/2006 C: \HASS78 \SILVER AVE CONDOS.SDF JOB TITLE: Silver Ave. Condo's WATER SUPPLY CURVE 600 \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ 55+ 55.0 psi @ 940 gpm -> Flow Test Point I I 50+ I I I 45+ 1 x I P 40+ R E S S 35+ U R E 30+ ( I P S I 25+ I I I 20+ I I I 15+ I I 10+ LEGEND " I" X = Required Water Supply " I 42.05 psi @ 51.2 gpm 5+ " I 0 = Available Water Supply " 59.98 psi @ 51.2 gpm I" 0++-+---+----+-----+------+--------+-------- +--------- +------ - - - - -+ 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 FLOW (GPM)